BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY

SECTION
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
SEC B

E
CONTENTS
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM TCM .........................................................................15 F
Clutch Interlock Switch ............................................15
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ...................... 7 Clutch Pedal Position Switch ...................................15
Combination Meter ..................................................15 G
APPLICATION NOTICE ...................................... 7 Door Switch .............................................................15
Information ................................................................ 7 Engine Restart Relay ...............................................15
Hood Switch ............................................................15
PRECAUTION ............................................... 8 Inside Key Antenna .................................................16
H

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 8 Intelligent Key ..........................................................16

Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch ........................16
FOR EUROPE ............................................................. 8 Push-button Ignition Switch .....................................16 I
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Re- Remote Keyless Entry Receiver ..............................16
straint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT Security Indicator Lamp ...........................................16
PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................... 8 Starter Control Relay ...............................................16 J
FOR EUROPE : Precautions Necessary for Steer- Starter Relay ............................................................16
ing Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection ...... 8 Steering Lock Relay ................................................16
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Procedure without Steering Lock Unit ...................................................16
SEC
Cowl Top Cover ........................................................ 9 Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................17
Transmission Range Switch ....................................17
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE .............................................. 9 Vehicle Information Display .....................................17
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supple- L
mental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and SYSTEM ............................................................ 18
"SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .............................. 9
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precautions Necessary INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START
FUNCTION .................................................................18 M
for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Discon-
nection ..................................................................... 10 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Proce- FUNCTION : System Diagram ................................18
dure without Cowl Top Cover .................................. 10 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START N
FUNCTION : System Description ............................18
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 11
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM ................................21
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Dia- O
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................11
Component Parts Location ...................................... 11 gram ........................................................................21
Component Description ........................................... 13 NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System De-
A/T Shift Selector (Detention Switch) ...................... 14 scription ...................................................................21 P
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) ......... 14
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM .................................23
BCM ........................................................................ 14
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Dia-
CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch) .................... 14
gram ........................................................................24
ECM ........................................................................ 14
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Descrip-
IPDM E/R ................................................................ 15
tion ...........................................................................24
NATS Antenna Amp. ............................................... 15

SEC-1
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................ 27 STEERING LOCK UNIT ............................................ 96
STEERING LOCK UNIT : Description .................... 96
COMMON ITEM ........................................................ 27 STEERING LOCK UNIT : Work Procedure ............ 96
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
COMMON ITEM) .................................................... 27 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 98
INTELLIGENT KEY ................................................... 28 P1610 LOCK MODE .......................................... 98
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - Description .............................................................. 98
INTELLIGENT KEY) (Except India Production For DTC Logic ............................................................... 98
Europe and General Areas) .................................... 28 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 98
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM -
INTELLIGENT KEY) (With Super Lock) ................. 31 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ...................... 99
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - DTC Logic ............................................................... 99
INTELLIGENT KEY) [India Production For Europe Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 99
and General Areas (Without Super Lock)] .............. 35
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU .......................... 101
THEFT ALM .............................................................. 38 DTC Logic ............................................................. 101
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101
THEFT) ................................................................... 38
P1616 ECM ....................................................... 102
IMMU ......................................................................... 39 DTC Logic ............................................................. 102
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) ........... 39 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) .................... 40 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ..................... 103
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ............................ 40 DTC Logic ............................................................. 103
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 42
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU ......................... 105
ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM ....................................... 42 DTC Logic ............................................................. 105
List of ECU Reference ............................................ 42 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 43 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING .................................. 106
DTC Logic ............................................................. 106
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM ....................... 43 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106
Application Notice ................................................... 43
B2196 DONGLE UNIT ...................................... 107
TYPE A ...................................................................... 43
Description ............................................................ 107
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram ....................................... 44
DTC Logic ............................................................. 107
TYPE B ...................................................................... 60 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram ....................................... 61
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP. ........................ 109
TYPE C ...................................................................... 74 DTC Logic ............................................................. 109
TYPE C : Wiring Diagram ....................................... 75 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109

TYPE D ...................................................................... 87 B2013 STEERING LOCK UNIT ........................ 112

TYPE D : Wiring Diagram ....................................... 88 DTC Logic ............................................................. 112
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 92
B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU ....................... 113
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 92 DTC Logic ............................................................. 113
Work Flow ............................................................... 92 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING B2555 STOP LAMP .......................................... 116
CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 95 DTC Logic ............................................................. 116
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116
ECM ........................................................................... 95
Component Inspection .......................................... 117
ECM : Description ................................................... 95
ECM : Work Procedure ........................................... 95 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH .... 119
DTC Logic ............................................................. 119
BCM ........................................................................... 95
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119
BCM : Description ................................................... 95
Component Inspection .......................................... 120
BCM : Work Procedure ........................................... 96

SEC-2
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED .................................. 121 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154
DTC Logic ............................................................. 121 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121 B260F ENGINE STATUS ................................ 155
Description ............................................................. 155
B2601 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 122 DTC Logic .............................................................. 155
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155 B
DTC Logic ............................................................. 122
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models) ....................... 122
Diagnosis Procedure (CVT Models) ...................... 123 B2612 STEERING STATUS ........................... 157
DTC Logic .............................................................. 157 C
B2602 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 125 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157
DTC Logic ............................................................. 125
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models) ....................... 125 B2619 BCM ..................................................... 160
DTC Logic .............................................................. 160 D
Diagnosis Procedure (CVT models) ...................... 127
Component Inspection [A/T Shift Selector (Deten- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160
tion Switch)] ........................................................... 128 B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH .. 161
Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (De- E
DTC Logic .............................................................. 161
tention Switch)] ...................................................... 128
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
B2603 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 130 B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH .................... 163 F
DTC Logic ............................................................. 130 DTC Logic .............................................................. 163
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models) ....................... 130 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163
Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type A and
Component Inspection ........................................... 165 G
C)] ......................................................................... 133
Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type B)] ....... 135 B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. 166
Component Inspection (Transmission Range DTC Logic .............................................................. 166
Switch) .................................................................. 138 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166 H
Component Inspection [A/T Shift Selector (Deten- Component Inspection ........................................... 168
tion Switch)] ........................................................... 138
Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (De- B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ......... 169 I
tention Switch)] ...................................................... 139 DTC Logic .............................................................. 169
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 169
B2604 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 140 Component Inspection (Clutch interlock switch) .... 172
DTC Logic ............................................................. 140 J
Component Inspection (Clutch pedal position
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models) ....................... 140 switch) ................................................................... 172
Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type A and
C)] ......................................................................... 142 B26E9 STEERING STATUS ........................... 173 SEC
Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type B)] ....... 144 DTC Logic .............................................................. 173
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173
B2605 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 146
B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY .................. 174 L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 146
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146 DTC Logic .............................................................. 174
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174
B2608 STARTER RELAY ................................ 147 Component Inspection ........................................... 176 M
DTC Logic ............................................................. 147
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147 B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY .................. 177
Component Inspection .......................................... 148 DTC Logic .............................................................. 177
N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177
B2609 STEERING STATUS ............................. 150 Component Inspection ........................................... 178
DTC Logic ............................................................. 150
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150 B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 179 O
DTC Logic .............................................................. 179
B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT ....................... 152 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179
DTC Logic ............................................................. 152
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152 B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 181 P
DTC Logic .............................................................. 181
B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT ....................... 153 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181
DTC Logic ............................................................. 153
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 153 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH . 182
DTC Logic .............................................................. 182
B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT ....................... 154 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182
DTC Logic ............................................................. 154

SEC-3
B26F7 BCM ..................................................... 185 HORN FUNCTION ............................................ 212
DTC Logic ..............................................................185 Component Function Check ................................ 212
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 212

B26FB CLUTCH SWITCH ............................... 186 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ........................ 213
DTC Logic ..............................................................186 Component Function Check ................................ 213
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................186 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213

B26FC KEY REGISTRATION ......................... 187 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 215

DTC Logic ..............................................................187
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................187 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLI-
GENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE ................ 215
B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY ................... 188 Description ............................................................ 215
DTC Logic ..............................................................188 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 215
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................188
Component Inspection ...........................................190 STEERING DOES NOT LOCK ......................... 216
Description ............................................................ 216
B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY ................... 191 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216
DTC Logic ..............................................................191
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................191 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT
Component Inspection ...........................................192 TURN ON OR BLINK ....................................... 217
Description ............................................................ 217
B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT ...................... 194 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217
DTC Logic ..............................................................194
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................194 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE
SET ................................................................... 218
B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 196
DTC Logic ..............................................................196 INTELLIGENT KEY ................................................. 218
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................196 INTELLIGENT KEY : Description .......................... 218
INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 218
B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 198
DTC Logic ..............................................................198 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH ..................................... 218
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................198 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description ............. 218
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Proce-
B210D STARTER RELAY ............................... 200 dure ....................................................................... 218
DTC Logic ..............................................................200
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................200 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT
Component Inspection ...........................................201 ACTIVATE ........................................................ 220
Description ............................................................ 220
B210E STARTER RELAY ............................... 203 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220
DTC Logic ..............................................................203
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................203 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 221
Component Inspection ...........................................205
NATS ANTENNA AMP. .................................... 221
B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTER- Removal and Installation ....................................... 221
LOCK SWITCH ................................................ 206
DTC Logic ..............................................................206 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ................ 222
Diagnosis Procedure (Except M/T Models) ...........206 Exploded View ...................................................... 222
Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) .......................207 Removal and Installation ....................................... 222
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTER-
LOCK SWITCH ................................................ 208 PRECAUTION ........................................... 223
DTC Logic ..............................................................208
Diagnosis Procedure (Except M/T Models) ...........208 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 223
Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) .......................209 FOR EUROPE ......................................................... 223
HOOD SWITCH ............................................... 210 FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Re-
straint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
Component Function Check ................................210
PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................... 223
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................210
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Re-
Component Inspection ...........................................211
straint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................... 223

SEC-4
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE .......................................... 224 TYPE A : Wiring Diagram ...................................... 239
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supple- A
mental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and TYPE B ..................................................................... 247
"SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .......................... 224 TYPE B : Wiring Diagram ...................................... 248
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Proce- TYPE C ..................................................................... 254 B
dure without Cowl Top Cover ................................ 225 TYPE C : Wiring Diagram ...................................... 255
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 226 TYPE D ..................................................................... 265
TYPE D : Wiring Diagram ...................................... 266 C
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 226
Component Parts Location .................................... 226 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 269
Component Description ........................................ 227 D
BCM ...................................................................... 227 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 269
IPDM E/R .............................................................. 228 Work Flow .............................................................. 269
Door Switch ........................................................... 228
Hood Switch .......................................................... 228 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING E
Ignition Key ........................................................... 228 CONTROL UNIT .............................................. 272
NATS Antenna Amp. ............................................. 228
ECM .......................................................................... 272
Security Indicator Lamp ........................................ 228 F
ECM : Description .................................................. 272
Starter Control Relay ............................................. 228
ECM : Work Procedure .......................................... 272
Transmission Range Switch .................................. 228
BCM ......................................................................... 272 G
SYSTEM ........................................................... 229 BCM : Description .................................................. 272
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM .............................. 229 BCM : Work Procedure .......................................... 273
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Dia- H
gram ...................................................................... 229
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 274
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System De- P1610 LOCK MODE ....................................... 274
scription ................................................................. 229 Description ............................................................. 274 I
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ............................... 230 DTC Logic .............................................................. 274
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Dia- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 274
gram ...................................................................... 230 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ................... 275 J
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Descrip-
DTC Logic .............................................................. 275
tion ........................................................................ 230
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 275
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) .......................... 233 SEC
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU ........................ 277
COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 233 DTC Logic .............................................................. 277
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 277
L
COMMON ITEM) ................................................... 233
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY .......................... 279
THEFT ALM ............................................................. 233 DTC Logic .............................................................. 279
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 279 M
THEFT) ................................................................. 234
P1616 ECM ..................................................... 280
IMMU ........................................................................ 234 DTC Logic .............................................................. 280
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) ......... 234 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 280 N

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ................... 235 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP. ....................... 281
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ........................... 235 DTC Logic .............................................................. 281 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 237
B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY ........................ 284
ECM, BCM ........................................................ 237 DTC Logic .............................................................. 284 P
List of ECU Reference .......................................... 237 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 284

WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 238 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ................... 285

DTC Logic .............................................................. 285
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 238 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 285
Application Notice ................................................. 238
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU ........................ 287
TYPE A .................................................................... 238

SEC-5
 DTC Logic ..............................................................287 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 296
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................287
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING ................................. 288 TURN ON OR BLINK ....................................... 296
DTC Logic ..............................................................288 Description ............................................................ 296
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................288 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 296
B2196 DONGLE UNIT ..................................... 289 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE
Description .............................................................289 SET ................................................................... 297
DTC Logic ..............................................................289
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................289 KEY FOB ................................................................. 297
KEY FOB : Description ......................................... 297
HOOD SWITCH ............................................... 291 KEY FOB : Diagnosis Procedure .......................... 297
Component Function Check ................................291
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................291 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT
Component Inspection ...........................................292 ACTIVATE ........................................................ 298
Description ............................................................ 298
HORN FUNCTION ........................................... 293 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 298
Component Function Check ................................293
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................293 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 299
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ....................... 294 NATS ANTENNA AMP. .................................... 299
Component Function Check ................................294 Removal and Installation ....................................... 299
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................294

SEC-6
 APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
Information INFOID:0000000006419548
B
In this manual, “Idling Stop System” is referred to as “Stop / Start System”.
C

SEC

SEC-7
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
FOR EUROPE
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and
"SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006890445

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
FOR EUROPE : Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Dis-
connection INFOID:0000000006046546

CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.

SEC-8
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results. A
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
B
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables. C
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position. D
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned. E
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock F
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006046549 G

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to H
windshield.

PIIB3706J

EXCEPT FOR EUROPE SEC

EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR
BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006890447 L

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and M
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation. N
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. O
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser- P
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.

SEC-9
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After
Battery Disconnection INFOID:0000000006890454

CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover
INFOID:0000000006890455

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

SEC-10
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006038458
B

SEC

JMKIA6513ZZ
M

SEC-11
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1. Inside key antenna (luggage room) 2. Inside key antenna (console) 3. Inside key antenna (instrument cen-
Refer to DLK-28, Refer to DLK-28, ter)
"Component Parts Location" "Component Parts Location" Refer to DLK-28,
(TYPE 1). (TYPE 1). "Component Parts Location"
Refer to DLK-386, Refer to DLK-386, (TYPE 1).
"Component Parts Location" "Component Parts Location" Refer to DLK-386,
(TYPE 3). (TYPE 3). "Component Parts Location"
Refer to DLK-582, Refer to DLK-582, (TYPE 3).
"Component Parts Location" "Component Parts Location" Refer to DLK-582,
(TYPE 4). (TYPE 4). "Component Parts Location"
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer Regarding to the vehicle type, refer (TYPE 4).
to DLK-24, "Information". to DLK-24, "Information". Regarding to the vehicle type, refer
to DLK-24, "Information".
4. NATS antenna amp. 5. Push-button ignition switch 6. Remote keyless entry receiver (Oth-
er than models for Hong Kong)
Refer to DLK-28,
"Component Parts Location"
(TYPE 1).
Refer to DLK-386,
"Component Parts Location"
(TYPE 3).
Refer to DLK-582,
"Component Parts Location"
(TYPE 4).
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer
to DLK-24, "Information".
7. Combination meter 8. Clutch pedal position switch and 9. ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
Refer to MWI-7, "Component Parts clutch interlock switch (M/T models) trol unit)
Location". Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Exploded Refer to BRC-26, "Component Parts
View" (LHD). Location" (Without VDC).
Refer to CL-15, "RHD : Exploded Refer to BRC-129, "Component
View" (RHD). Parts Location" (With VDC).
10. IPDM E/R 11. TCM (A/T models and CVT models) 12. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Refer to PCS-8, "Component Parts Refer to TM-113, "A/T CONTROL (M/T models)
Location". SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- Refer to TM-20, "Component Parts
tion" (4AT). Location".
Refer to TM-331, "CVT CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion" (CVT).
13. ECM 14. BCM 15. Engine restart relay (Models with
Refer to EC3-28, "ENGINE CON- Refer to BCS-9, "BODY CONTROL Stop/Start System)
TROL SYSTEM : SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
Component Parts Location" tion".
[HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-484,
"Component Parts Location"
[HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-809, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location"
(HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-15,
"Component Parts Location"
[HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-317,
"Component Parts Location"
[HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-10, "Component Parts
Location" (K9K).
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer
to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle
Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).
16. Steering lock relay 17. Starter relay 18. Front door switch (driver side)

SEC-12
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
19. Door lock and unlock switch (Built- 20. Stop lamp switch 21. Remote keyless entry receiver (Built-
into power window main switch) Refer to EC3-28, "ENGINE CON- into inside mirror) (Models for Hong A
TROL SYSTEM : Kong)
Component Parts Location" Refer to DLK-28,
[HR12DE (TYPE 1)]. "Component Parts Location".
Refer to EC3-484, B
"Component Parts Location"
[HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-809, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM : C
Component Parts Location"
(HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-15, D
"Component Parts Location"
[HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-317,
"Component Parts Location" E
[HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-10, "Component Parts
Location" (K9K).
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer F
to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle
Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).
G
A. Behind push-button ignition switch B. View of dash side LH with dash-side
finisher removed.

Component Description INFOID:0000000006038459 H

Component Reference
I
A/T shift selector (detention switch) (A/T models) SEC-14
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) SEC-14
BCM SEC-14 J
CVT shift selector (detention switch) (CVT models) SEC-14
ECM SEC-14
SEC
IPDM E/R SEC-15
NATS antenna amp. SEC-15
TCM (A/T models and CVT models) SEC-15 L
Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) SEC-15
Clutch pedal position switch (M/T models with ASCD) SEC-15
M
Combination meter SEC-15
Door switch SEC-15
Engine restart relay (Models with Stop/Start System) SEC-15 N
Hood switch (Models with hood switch) SEC-15
Inside key antenna SEC-16
Intelligent Key SEC-16 O
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models) SEC-16
Push-button ignition switch SEC-16
P
Remote keyless entry receiver SEC-16
Security indicator lamp SEC-16
Starter control relay SEC-16
Starter relay SEC-16
Steering lock relay SEC-16
Steering lock unit SEC-16

SEC-13
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Component Reference
Stop lamp switch SEC-17
Transmission range switch (A/T models and CVT models) SEC-17
Vehicle information display SEC-17

A/T Shift Selector (Detention Switch) INFOID:0000000006038460

Detention switch detects that selector lever is locked in the P position, and then transmits the signal to BCM
and IPDM E/R.
BCM confirms the selector lever position with the following 5 signals.
• P position signal from A/T shift selector (detention switch)
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
• P/N position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
• P/N position signal from TCM (CAN)
IPDM E/R confirms the selector lever position with the following 3 signals.
• P position signal from A/T shift selector (detention switch)
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P/N position signal from BCM (CAN)
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) INFOID:0000000006841185

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN communica-
tion.
BCM also receives the vehicle speed signal from combination meter via CAN communication. BCM compares
both signals to detect the vehicle speed.
BCM INFOID:0000000006038461

BCM controls INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (ENGINE START FUNCTION), NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
(NATS) and VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.
BCM performs the ID verification between BCM and Intelligent Key when the Intelligent Key is carried into the
detection area of inside key antenna, and push-button ignition switch is pressed. If the ID verification result is
OK, push-button ignition switch operation is available.
Then, when the power supply position is turned ON, BCM performs ID verification between BCM and ECM. If
the ID verification result is OK, ECM can start engine.
CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch) INFOID:0000000006303313

Detention switch detects that selector lever is locked in the P position, and then transmits the signal to BCM
and IPDM E/R.
BCM confirms the selector lever position with the following 5 signals.
• P position signal from CVT shift selector (detention switch)
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
• P/N position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
• P/N position signal from TCM (CAN)
IPDM E/R confirms the selector lever position with the following 3 signals.
• P position signal from CVT shift selector (detention switch)
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P/N position signal from BCM (CAN)
ECM INFOID:0000000006038462

ECM controls the engine.

When power supply position is turned ON, BCM starts communication with ECM and performs the ID verifica-
tion between BCM and ECM.
If the verification result is OK, the engine can start. If the verification result is NG, the engine can not start.
When ECM restarts engine by the Stop/Start System, ECM transmits the control signals to IPDM E/R and
engine restart relay to cranking engine apart from BCM. For details, refer to EC3-68, "STOP/START SYSTEM
: System Description" (HR12DE TYPE 1), EC3-867, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT Mod-

SEC-14
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
els)" (HR12DDR with CVT) or EC3-874, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T Models)"
(HR12DDR with M/T). A
IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000006038463

Starter control relay and starter relay are used for the engine starting function. Starter relay is located on dash B
side (LH) and controlled by BCM. Starter control relay is integrated in IPDM E/R and controlled by IPDM E/R
while communicating with BCM. IPDM E/R sends the starter control relay and starter relay status signal to
BCM. C
Also IPDM E/R controls the starter control relay by cranking enable signal from ECM.
NATS Antenna Amp. INFOID:0000000006038464

D
The ID verification is performed between BCM and transponder in Intelligent Key via NATS antenna amp.
when Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition switch in case that Intelligent Key battery is
discharged. If the ID verification result is OK, the release of steering lock and the operation of starting engine
E
is available.
TCM INFOID:0000000006038465

F
TCM transmits the shift position signal (P/N position) to BCM via CAN communication.
BCM confirms the selector lever position with the following 5 signals.
• P position signal from A/T shift selector (detention switch) (A/T models)
P position signal from CVT shift selector (detention switch) (CVT models) G
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
• P/N position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN) H
• P/N position signal from TCM (CAN)
IPDM E/R confirms the selector lever position with the following 3 signals.
• P position signal from A/T shift selector (detention switch) (A/T models)
P position signal from CVT shift selector (detention switch) (CVT models) I
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P/N position signal from BCM (CAN)
J
Clutch Interlock Switch INFOID:0000000006303314

Clutch interlock switch detects that clutch pedal is depressed, then provides power source to starter control
relay and starter relay, and transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM. SEC
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000006303315

Clutch pedal position switch detects that clutch pedal is depressed, and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM L
and IPDM E/R.
Combination Meter INFOID:0000000006038466
M
Combination meter transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN communication.
BCM also receives the vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN commu-
nication. BCM compares both signals to detect the vehicle speed. N
Door Switch INFOID:0000000006038467

Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM. O

Engine Restart Relay INFOID:0000000006303317

Engine restart relay is controlled by ECM to restart engine when engine stopped due to the Stop/Start System P
of ECM.
Hood Switch INFOID:0000000006288072

Hood switch detects that hood is open, and then transmits the signal to IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R transmits hood
switch signal to BCM and ECM via CAN communication.

SEC-15
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Inside Key Antenna INFOID:0000000006038469

Inside key antenna detects whether Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, and transmits the signal to BCM.
Three inside key antennas are installed in the instrument center, console and luggage room.
Intelligent Key INFOID:0000000006038470

Each Intelligent key has an individual electronic ID, and transmits the ID signal by request from BCM.
Carrying the Intelligent Key whose ID is registered in BCM, the driver can performs door lock/unlock operation
and push-button ignition switch operation.
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch INFOID:0000000006303316

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch detects that shift lever is in the neutral position, and then transmits ON/OFF
signal to BCM.
Push-button Ignition Switch INFOID:0000000006038472

Push-button ignition switch detects that push-button is pressed, and then transmits the ON/OFF signal to
BCM. BCM changes the power supply position with the operation of push-button ignition switch. BCM main-
tains the power supply position status while push-button is not operated.
Remote Keyless Entry Receiver INFOID:0000000006038473

Remote keyless entry receiver receives each button operation signal and electronic key ID signal from Intelli-
gent Key, and then transmits the signal to BCM.
Security Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000006038474

Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter.

Security indicator lamp blinks when power supply position is in any position other than ON, to warn that Nissan
Anti-Theft System (NATS) is on board.
Starter Control Relay INFOID:0000000006038477

Starter control relay and starter relay are used for the engine starting function. Starter relay is located on dash
side (LH) and controlled by BCM. Starter control relay is integrated in IPDM E/R and controlled by IPDM E/R
while communicating with BCM. IPDM E/R sends the starter control relay and starter relay status signal to
BCM.
Starter Relay INFOID:0000000006038478

Starter control relay and starter relay are used for the engine starting function. Starter relay is located on dash
side (LH) and controlled by BCM. Starter control relay is integrated in IPDM E/R and controlled by IPDM E/R
while communicating with BCM. IPDM E/R sends the starter control relay and starter relay status signal to
BCM.
Steering Lock Relay INFOID:0000000006038479

Steering lock relay is located on dash side (LH), and controlled by IPDM E/R to supply power source for steer-
ing lock unit.
When IPDM E/R receives the steering lock relay ON request signal from BCM, IPDM E/R turns ON steering
lock relay and then transmits the steering lock relay condition signal to BCM.
Steering Lock Unit INFOID:0000000006038480

Steering lock unit performs steering lock/unlock operation on request from BCM, and power source is supplied
from steering lock relay controlled by IPDM E/R.
When push-button ignition switch is pressed while the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, BCM performs the
ID verification with steering lock unit. Steering lock unit releases the steering lock based on the result of the ID
verification.
Steering lock unit has 2 switches (steering lock status switch and steering unlock status switch) inside. BCM
judges the steering lock/unlock condition by comparing these switch signals and steering lock unit status sig-
nal transmitted from IPDM E/R via CAN communication.

SEC-16
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006038481

A
Stop lamp switch detects that brake pedal is depressed, and then transmits the ON/OFF signal to BCM.
Transmission Range Switch INFOID:0000000006038482
B
Transmission range switch is integrated in A/T assembly (A/T models), or CVT assembly (CVT models), and
detects the selector lever position.
TCM receives the transmission range switch signal and then transmits the P/N position signal to BCM and C
IPDM E/R.
BCM confirms the selector lever position with the following 5 signals.
• P position signal from A/T shift selector (detention switch) (A/T models)
P position signal from CVT shift selector (detention switch) (CVT models) D
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
• P/N position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN) E
• P/N position signal from TCM (CAN)
IPDM E/R confirms the selector lever position with the following 3 signals.
• P position signal from A/T shift selector (detention switch) (A/T models)
P position signal from CVT shift selector (detention switch) (CVT models) F
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P/N position signal from BCM (CAN)
G
Vehicle Information Display INFOID:0000000006038483

Vehicle information display is integrated in combination meter.

Various information and warnings regarding to the Intelligent Key System are displayed. H

SEC

SEC-17
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION : System Diagram
INFOID:0000000006038485

JMKIA8312GB

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION : System Description

INFOID:0000000006038486

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine start function of Intelligent Key system makes it possible to start and stop the engine without
using the key, based on the electronic ID verification. The electronic ID verification is performed between
BCM and Intelligent Key when the push-button ignition switch is pressed while the Intelligent Key is within
the detection area of inside key antenna.
NOTE:
The driver should carry the Intelligent Key at all times.
• Intelligent Key has 2 IDs (Intelligent Key ID and NATS ID). It can perform the door lock/unlock operation and
the push-button ignition switch operation when the registered Intelligent Key is carried.
• When Intelligent Key battery is discharged, engine can be started by operating push-button ignition switch
after contacting Intelligent Key backside to push-button ignition switch. At that time, NATS ID verification is
performed.
• If the ID is successfully verified, when push-button ignition switch is pressed, steering lock is released and
the engine can be started.

SEC-18
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Up to 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered (Including the standard Intelligent Key) upon request from the cus-
tomer. A
NOTE:
For any functions other than engine start function of Intelligent Key system, refer to DLK-34, "INTELLIGENT
KEY SYSTEM : System Description" (TYPE 1), DLK-392, "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Descrip-
B
tion" (TYPE 3), DLK-587, "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description" (TYPE 4).
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to DLK-24, "Information".
PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM C
The transponder (the chip for NATS ID verification) is integrated into the Intelligent Key. (For the con-
ventional models, it is integrated into the mechanical key.) Therefore, ID verification cannot be per-
formed by mechanical key only.
In that case, NATS ID verification can be performed when Intelligent Key backside is contacted to D
push-button ignition switch. If verification result is OK, engine can be started.
OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED
E
1. When the push-button ignition switch is pressed, the BCM activates the inside key antenna and transmits
the request signal to the Intelligent Key.
2. The Intelligent Key receives the request signal and transmits the Intelligent Key ID signal to the BCM.
F
3. BCM receives the Intelligent Key ID signal via remote keyless entry receiver and verifies it with the regis-
tered ID.
4. BCM transmits the unlock signal to steering lock unit and IPDM E/R if the verification results are OK. G
5. IPDM E/R turns the steering lock relay ON and supplies power supply to the steering lock unit.
6. The steering lock releases.
7. BCM transmits the power supply stop signal to IPDM E/R when detecting that the steering lock is in the H
unlock condition.
8. IPDM E/R turns the steering lock relay OFF and stops power supply to the steering lock unit.
9. BCM turns ACC relay ON and transmits the ignition power supply ON signal to IPDM E/R. I
10. IPDM E/R turns the ignition relay ON and starts the ignition power supply.
11. IPDM E/R turns the starter control relay ON for engine starting in advance.
12. BCM detects the selector lever position and brake pedal operation condition (A/T models and CVT mod- J
els), or clutch pedal operation condition (M/T models).
13. BCM transmits the starter request signal to IPDM E/R and turns the starter relay in IPDM E/R ON if BCM
judges that the engine start condition* is satisfied. SEC
14. Power supply is supplied through the starter relay and the starter control relay to operate the starter motor.
CAUTION:
If a malfunction is detected in the Intelligent Key system, the “KEY” warning lamp in the combina- L
tion meter illuminates. At that time, the engine cannot be started.
15. When BCM receives feedback signal from ECM indicating that the engine is started, the BCM transmits a
stop signal to IPDM E/R and stops cranking by turning OFF the starter motor relay. (If engine start is M
unsuccessful, cranking stops automatically within 5 seconds.)
CAUTION:
When the Intelligent Key is carried outside of the vehicle (inside key antenna detection area) while
the power supply is in the ACC or ON position, even if the engine start condition* is satisfied, the N
engine cannot be started.
*: For the engine start condition, refer to “POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON
IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION”. O
OPERATION RANGE
Engine can be started when Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. However, sometimes engine may not start
when Intelligent Key is on instrument panel or in glove box. P

ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CONTACTED TO PUSH-BUTTON IG-

NITION SWITCH
When Intelligent Key battery is discharged, NATS ID verification between transponder in Intelligent Key and
BCM is performed when Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition switch. If the verification
result is OK, engine can be started.

SEC-19
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
STEERING LOCK OPERATION
Steering is locked by steering lock unit when any of the following conditions are met.
• When ignition switch is in the OFF position, selector lever is in the P position (A/T models and CVT models),
and any of the following conditions are met.
- Closing door
- Opening door
- Door is locked using door request switch
- Door is locked using Intelligent Key
• When BCM power consumption control system is released by meeting any of the following conditions.
- Opening any door
- Operating door lock using door request switch
- Operating door lock using Intelligent Key
POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERA-
TION
The power supply position changing operation can be performed with the following operations.
NOTE:
• When an Intelligent Key is within the detection area of inside key antenna or when Intelligent Key backside is
contacted to push-button ignition switch, it is equivalent to the operations below.
• When starting the engine, the BCM monitors under the engine start conditions,
A/T models and CVT models
- Brake pedal operation condition
- Selector lever position
- Vehicle speed
M/T models
- Clutch pedal operation condition
- Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)

Condition
A/T models and CVT models M/T models Push-button ignition switch
Power supply position
operation frequency
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation
Selector lever
condition condition
LOCK → ACC — Not depressed Not depressed 1
LOCK → ACC → ON — Not depressed Not depressed 2
LOCK → ACC → ON →
— Not depressed Not depressed 3
OFF
LOCK → START
ACC → START P or N position Depressed Depressed 1
ON → START
Engine is running →
— — — 1
OFF

Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more

Condition
A/T models and CVT models M/T models Push-button ignition switch
Power supply position
operation frequency
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation
Selector lever
condition condition
Engine is running →
— — — Emergency stop operation
ACC
Engine stall return oper-
N position Not depressed Depressed 1
ation while driving
Emergency stop operation
• Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.
• Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times or more within 1.5 seconds.

SEC-20
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
A
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006038487

SEC

JMKIA8313GB
M

NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006038488

N

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) prevents the engine from being started by Intelligent Key whose ID is
not registered to the vehicle (BCM). It has higher protection against auto theft involving the duplication of O
mechanical keys.
• The ignition key integrated in the Intelligent Key cannot start the engine. When the Intelligent Key battery is
discharged, the NATS ID verification is performed between the transponder integrated with Intelligent Key P
and BCM via NATS antenna amp. when the Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition
switch. If the verification result is OK, the engine start operation can be performed by the push-button igni-
tion switch operation.
• Locate the security indicator lamp and always blinks it when the power supply position is in any position
except the ON position to warn that the Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) is on board the model.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks when the power supply position is in any position except the ON posi-
tion.

SEC-21
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Up to 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered (including the standard ignition key) upon request from the owner.
• When replacing ECM, BCM or Intelligent Key, the specified procedure (Initialization and registration) using
CONSULT is necessary.
• When NATS has a malfunction, engine may not start. However, the engine can not be started because of
other than NATS malfunction, so start the trouble diagnosis according to SEC-92, "Work Flow".
• If ECM other than genuine part is installed, the engine cannot be started.
For ECM replacement procedure, refer to the following. Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How
to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).
- [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start System]: EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure"
- [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without Stop/Start System]: EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Proce-
dure"
- [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]: EC3-593, "Work Procedure"
- (HR12DDR): EC3-982, "Work Procedure"
- [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]: EC4-107, "Work Procedure"
- [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]: EC4-391, "Work Procedure"
- (K9K): ECD-97, "Work Procedure"
PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION
• The ID registration is a procedure that erases the current NATS ID once, and then registers a new ID. There-
fore before starting the registration operation, collect all registered Intelligent Keys from the customer.
• When registering the Intelligent Key, perform only one procedure to simultaneously register both ID (NATS
ID and Intelligent Key ID).
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
• Security indicator lamp warns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks when the power supply position is in any position other than ON.
NOTE:
Because security indicator lamp is highly efficient, the battery is barely affected.
ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CONTACTED TO PUSH-BUTTON IG-
NITION SWITCH
1. When brake pedal is depressed while selector lever is in the P position (A/T models and CVT models), or
shift lever is in the Neutral position (M/T models), BCM activates NATS antenna amp. that is located
behind push-button ignition switch.
2. When Intelligent Key (transponder built-in) backside is contacted to push-button ignition switch, BCM
starts NATS ID verification between BCM and Intelligent Key (transponder built-in) via NATS antenna
amp.
3. When NATS ID verification result is OK, buzzer in combination meter sounds and BCM transmits the
result to ECM.
4. When push-button ignition switch is pressed, BCM transmits steering unlock signal to steering lock unit
and IPDM E/R.
5. IPDM E/R turns steering lock relay ON and supplies power supply to the steering lock unit.
6. The steering lock is released.
7. BCM transmits the power supply stop signal to IPDM E/R when detecting that the steering lock is in the
unlock position.
8. IPDM E/R turns steering lock relay OFF and stops power supply to the steering lock unit.
9. BCM turns ACC relay ON and transmits ignition power supply ON signal to IPDM E/R.
10. IPDM E/R turns the ignition relay ON and starts the ignition power supply.
11. IPDM E/R turns the starter control relay ON for engine starting in advance.
12. BCM detects that the selector lever position and brake pedal operation condition (A/T models and CVT
models), or clutch pedal operation condition (M/T models).
13. BCM transmits starter request signal to IPDM E/R and turns the starter relay in IPDM E/R ON if BCM
judges that the engine start condition* is satisfied.
14. Power supply is supplied through the starter relay and the starter control relay to operate the starter motor.
15. When BCM receives feedback signal from ECM indicating that the engine is started, BCM transmits a
stop signal to IPDM E/R and stops cranking by turning off the starter motor relay. (If engine start is unsuc-
cessful, cranking stops automatically within 5 seconds.)

SEC-22
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
*: For the engine start condition, refer to “POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON
IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION” below. A
POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERA-
TION
The power supply position changing operation can be performed with the following operations. B
NOTE:
• When an Intelligent Key is within the detection area of inside key antenna or when Intelligent Key backside is
contacted to push-button ignition switch, it is equivalent to the operations below. C
• When starting the engine, the BCM monitors under the engine start conditions,
A/T models and CVT models
- Brake pedal operation condition
- Selector lever position D
- Vehicle speed
M/T models
- Clutch pedal operation condition E
- Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)
F
Condition
A/T models and CVT models M/T models Push-button ignition switch
Power supply position
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation
operation frequency G
Selector lever
condition condition
LOCK → ACC — Not depressed Not depressed 1
H
LOCK → ACC → ON — Not depressed Not depressed 2
LOCK → ACC → ON →
— Not depressed Not depressed 3
OFF
I
LOCK → START
ACC → START P or N position Depressed Depressed 1
ON → START
J
Engine is running →
— — — 1
OFF

Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more SEC

Condition
A/T models and CVT models M/T models Push-button ignition switch L
Power supply position
operation frequency
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation
Selector lever
condition condition
Engine is running → M
— — — Emergency stop operation
ACC
Engine stall return opera-
N position Not depressed Depressed 1
tion while driving
N
Emergency stop operation
• Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.
• Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times or more within 1.5 seconds. O
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

SEC-23
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006288070

JMKIA5794GB

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006288071

• The vehicle security system has two alarm functions (theft warning alarm and panic alarm), and reduces the
possibility of a theft or mischief by activating horns and hazard warning lamps intermittently.
• The panic alarm does not start when the theft warning alarm is activating, and the panic alarm stops when
the theft warning alarm is activated.
The priority of the functions are as per the following.

Priority Function
1 Theft warning alarm
2 Panic alarm

THEFT WARNING ALARM

• The theft warning alarm function activates horns and hazard warning lamps intermittently when BCM detects
that any door or hood is opened by unauthorized means, while the system is in the ARMED state.
• Security indicator lamp on combination meter always blinks when power supply position is any position other
than ON. Security indicator lamp blinking warns that the vehicle is equipped with a vehicle security system.

SEC-24
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Operation Flow
A

E
JMKIA5416GB

No. System state Switching condition

F
1 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
PRE-ARMED one condition of B is satis-
• Power supply position: OFF/LOCK All doors are locked by:
fied.
• All doors: Closed • Door lock and unlock switch G
• Hood: Closed • LOCK button of Intelligent Key
• Door request switch
2 PRE-ARMED When all of the following • Power supply position: OFF/LOCK
to ARMED conditions are satisfied for • All doors: Locked
H
30 seconds. • Hood: Closed
3 ARMED to When one condition of A and A B
ALARM one condition of B are satis- I
Intelligent Key: Not used • Any door: Open
fied.
• Hood: Open
4 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
PRE-RESET one condition of B is satis- J
• Power supply position: OFF/LOCK All doors are locked by:
fied.
• Any door or hood: Open • Door lock and unlock switch
• LOCK button of Intelligent Key
• Door request switch SEC
5 PRE-ARMED When one of the following • Hood: Open
to PRE-RESET conditions is satisfied.
6 ARMED to No conditions. L
PRE-RESET
7 ALARM to
PRE-RESET M
8 PRE-RESET to When one of the following • Power supply position: ACC/ON/CRANKING/RUN
DISARMED conditions is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
• Door request switch: ON
N
• UNLOCK switch of door lock and unlock switch: ON
• Any door: Open
9 PRE-RESET to When all of the following • Power supply position: OFF/LOCK
PRE-ARMED conditions are satisfied. • All doors: Closed O
• Hood: Closed
10 PRE-ARMED When one of the following • Power supply position: ACC/ON/CRANKING/RUN
to DISARMED condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON P
• Door request switch: ON
• Any door: Open
• Key reminder function: ON

SEC-25
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. System state Switching condition
11 ARMED to When one of the following • Power supply position: ACC/ON/CRANKING/RUN
DISARMED condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
• Door request switch: ON
12 ALARM to
DISARMED
13 RE-ALARM When one of the following • Any door: Open
condition is satisfied after the • Hood: Open
ALARM operation is finished.
NOTE:
• BCM ignores the door key cylinder UNLOCK switch signal input for 1 second after the door key cylinder LOCK switch signal input.
• To lock/unlock all doors by operating remote controller button of Intelligent Key or door request switch, Intelligent Key must be within
the detection area of outside key antenna. For details, refer to DLK-35, "DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description".

DISARMED Phase
The vehicle security system is not set in the DISARMED phase. The vehicle security system stays in this
phase while any door is open, because it is assumed that the owner is inside or nearby the vehicle. Security
indicator lamp blinks every 2.4 seconds.
When the vehicle security system is reset, each phase switches to the DISARMED phase directly.
PRE-ARMED Phase
The PRE-ARMED phase is the transient state between the DISARMED phase and the ARMED phase. This
phase is maintained for 30 seconds, so that the owner can reset the setting due to a mis-operation. This phase
switches to the ARMED phase when vehicle conditions are not changed for 30 seconds. Security indicator
lamp illuminates while being in this phase.
To reset the PRE-ARMED phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 10 in the table above.
ARMED Phase
The vehicle security system is set, and BCM monitors all necessary inputs. If any door or hood is opened with-
out using Intelligent Key, vehicle security system switches to the ALARM phase. Security indicator lamp blinks
every 2.4 seconds.
To reset the ARMED phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 11 in the table above.
ALARM Phase
BCM transmits “Theft Warning Horn Request” signal intermittently to IPDM E/R via CAN communication, and
blinks hazard warning lamps. In this phase, horns and hazard warning lamps are activated intermittently for
approximately 27.5 seconds to warn that the vehicle is accessed by unauthorized means. ON/OFF timings of
horns and hazard warning lamps are synchronized. After 27.5 seconds, the vehicle security system returns to
the ARMED phase. At this time, if BCM still detects unauthorized access to the vehicle, the system is switched
to the ALARM phase again. This RE-ALARM operation is carried out a maximum of 2 times.
To cancel the ALARM operation, refer to the switching condition of No. 12 in the table above.
NOTE:
If a battery terminal is disconnected during the ALARM phase, theft warning alarm stops. But when the battery
terminal is reconnected, theft warning alarm is activated again.
PRE-RESET Phase
The PRE-RESET phase is the transient state between each phase and DISARMED phase. If only the condi-
tion of hood is not satisfied, the system switches to the PRE-RESET phase. Then, when any condition is
changed, the system switches to the DISARMED phase or PRE-ARMED phase.
PANIC ALARM
The panic alarm function activates horns intermittently when the owner presses the PANIC ALARM button of
Intelligent Key outside the vehicle while the power supply position is OFF.
For details, refer to DLK-37, "REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description".

SEC-26
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006046710
B
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
C
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed. E
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification. F
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
G
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item H
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
I
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × × J
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
SEC

Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×

• Automatic air conditioner L
AIR CONDITONER × ×*1
• Manual air conditioner
• Intelligent Key system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
• Engine start system
M
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NATS IMMU × × × N
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Back door TRUNK ×
O
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM × × ×
— RETAINED PWR*2 ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × × P
NOTE:
• *1: For models with automatic air conditioner, this mode is not used.
• *2: This item is displayed, but is not used.

FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)

The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

SEC-27
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description

Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>LOCK
normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>OFF
normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
While turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle
RUN>ACC
is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
While turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN”
CRANK>RUN
(From cranking up the engine to run it)
While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-
RUN>URGENT
gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
Power position status of
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
Vehicle Condition the moment a particular
ON>CRANK DTC is detected While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
OFF>SLEEP
tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
LOCK>SLEEP
tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
Power supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steer-
LOCK
ing is locked.)
Power supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering
OFF
is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC)
Power supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ON
stopped)
Power supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine
ENGINE RUN
running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected
• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
IGN Counter 0 - 39 • The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.

INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) (Except India
Production For Europe and General Areas) INFOID:0000000007216449

WORK SUPPORT

Monitor item Description

INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis
Door lock/unlock function by door request switch mode can be changed to operation in
this mode
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation

SEC-28
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor item Description
A
Engine start function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
ENGINE START BY I-KEY • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE: B
TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN
This item is indicated, but not used
Panic alarm button pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected
from the following with this mode C
PANIC ALARM SET • MODE 1: 0.5 sec
• MODE 2: Non-operation
• MODE 3: 1.5 sec
D
NOTE:
TRUNK OPEN DELAY
This item is indicated, but not used
Intelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operation with this mode
LO- BATT OF KEY FOB WARN • On: Operate E
• Off: Non-operation
Key reminder function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTI • On: Operate F
• Off: Non-operation
Hazard reminder function mode by door request switch and Intelligent Key button can be
selected from the following with this mode G
• Lock Only: Door lock operation only
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
• Unlock Only: Door unlock operation only
• Lock/Unlock: Lock and unlock operation
• Off: Non-operation H
Buzzer reminder function (lock operation) mode by door request switch can be selected
from the following with this mode
ANS BACK I-KEY LOCK • Horn Chirp: Sound horn
I
• Buzzer: Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer
• Off: Non-operation
Buzzer reminder function (unlock operation) mode by door request switch can be changed
to operation with this mode J
ANS BACK I-KEY UNLOCK
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Starter motor can operate during the times below SEC
• 70 msec
SHORT CRANKING OUTPUT
• 100 msec
• 200 msec
L
CONFIRM KEY FOB ID It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode
Auto door lock operation time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: OFF
• MODE 2: 30 sec. M
• MODE 3: 1 minute
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minutes
• MODE 5: 3 minutes
N
• MODE 6: 4 minutes
• MODE 7: 5 minutes
Buzzer reminder function mode by Intelligent Key button can be selected from the follow-
ing with this mode O
ANSWER BACK FUNCTION
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE: P
TAKE OUT FROM WIN WARN SET
This item is indicated, but not used
Auto retractable door mirror function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
RETRACTABLE MIRROR SET • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation

DATA MONITOR

SEC-29
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Monitor Item Condition

REQ SW -DR Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
REQ SW -AS Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side)
REQ SW -BD/TR Indicates [On/Off] condition of back door request switch
PUSH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch
NOTE:
CLUTCH SW
This item is indicated, but not monitored
BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off]* condition of stop lamp switch power supply
DETE/CANCL SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT PN/N SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of P or N position
S/L -LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK)
S/L -UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK)
S/L RELAY -F/B Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock relay
UNLK SEN -DR Indicates [On/Off] condition of driver door UNLOCK status
PUSH SW -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch
IGN RLY1 -F/B Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition relay 1
DETE SW -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT PN -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of P or N position
SFT P -MET Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT N -MET Indicates [On/Off] condition of N position
ENGINE STATE Indicates [Stop/Stall/Crank/Run] condition of engine states
S/L LOCK-IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK)
S/L UNLK-IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK)
S/L RELAY-REQ Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock relay
VEH SPEED 1 Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h]
VEH SPEED 2 Display the vehicle speed signal received from ABS or VDC or TCM by numerical value [Km/h]
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver side door status
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger side door status
ID OK FLAG Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of key ID
PRMT ENG STRT Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of engine start possibility
NOTE:
PRMT RKE STRT
This item is indicated, but not monitored
NOTE:
TRNK/HAT MNTR
This item is indicated, but not monitored
When remote keyless entry receiver receives the signal transmitted while operating on Intelli-
RKE OPE COUN1
gent Key, the numerical value start changing
NOTE:
RKE OPE COUN2
This item is indicated, but not monitored
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is indicated, but not monitored
RKE-PANIC Indicates [On/Off] condition of PANIC button of Intelligent Key
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from Intelligent Key
*: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.

ACTIVE TEST
SEC-30
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Test item Description A

This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation
OUTSIDE BUZZER • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
B
This test is able to check warning chime in combination meter operation
• Take Out: Take away warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched
INSIDE BUZZER • Key: Key warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched
• Knob: OFF position warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched C
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check warning lamp operation
• KEY ON: “KEY” Warning lamp illuminates when CONSULT screen is touched D
INDICATOR
• KEY IND: “KEY” Warning lamp blinks when CONSULT screen is touched
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check interior room lamp operation E
INT LAMP • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check meter display information
• B&P N: Engine start information indicate when CONSULT screen is touched F
• B&P I: Engine start information indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• ID NG: This item is displayed, but cannot be used
• ROTAT: This item is displayed, but cannot be used
G
LCD*1 • SFT P: Shift P warning lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• INSRT: This item is displayed, but cannot be used
• BATT: Key warning lamp indicator when CONSULT screen is touched
• NO KY: Key warning lamp indicator when CONSULT screen is touched H
• OUTKEY: Engine start information indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• LK WN: Engine start information indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check combination meter indicator lamp information
• BP N: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched I
• BP I: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• ID NG: This item is displayed, but cannot be used
• ROTAT: This item is displayed, but cannot be used J
LCD*2 • SFT P: Shift P warning lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• INSRT: This item is displayed, but cannot be used
• BATT: Key warning lamp indicator when CONSULT screen is touched
• NO KY: Key warning lamp indicator when CONSULT screen is touched SEC
• OUTKEY: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• LK WN: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check security hazard lamp operation
FLASHER L
The hazard lamps are activated after “LH/RH/Off” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check AT shift selector power supply
P RANGE • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation M
This test is able to check push-ignition switch illumination operation
ENGINE SW ILLUMI
Push-ignition switch illumination illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch operation N
PUSH SWITCH INDICATOR
LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched
NOTE:
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
This item is indicated, but not used O
This test is able to check auto retractable door mirror operation
RETRACTABLE MIRROR • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation P
1
* : With information display models
*2: Without information display models
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) (With Super

SEC-31
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Lock) INFOID:0000000007216450

WORK SUPPORT

Monitor item Description

INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis
Door lock/unlock function by door request switch mode can be changed to operation in this
mode
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Engine start function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
ENGINE START BY I-KEY • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
Buzzer reminder function mode by Intelligent Key button can be selected from the following
with this mode
ANSWER BACK FUNCTION
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Auto door lock operation time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: OFF
• MODE 2: 30 sec
• MODE 3: 1 minute
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minutes
• MODE 5: 3 minutes
• MODE 6: 4 minutes
• MODE 7: 5 minutes
NOTE:
PANIC ALARM SET
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
TRUNK OPEN DELAY
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
Intelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operation with this mode
LO- BATT OF KEY FOB WARN • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Key reminder function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTI • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Hazard reminder function mode by door request switch and Intelligent Key button can be se-
lected from the following with this mode
• Lock Only: Door lock operation only
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
• Unlock Only: Door unlock operation only
• Lock/Unlock: Lock and unlock operation
• Off: Non-operation
Buzzer reminder function (lock operation) mode by door request switch can be selected from
the following with this mode
ANS BACK I-KEY LOCK • Horn Chirp: Sound horn
• Buzzer: Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer
• Off: Non-operation
Buzzer reminder function (unlock operation) mode by door request switch can be changed to
operation with this mode
ANS BACK I-KEY UNLOCK
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Starter motor can operate during the times below
• 70 msec
SHORT CRANKING OUTPUT
• 100 msec
• 200 msec
CONFIRM KEY FOB ID It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode

SEC-32
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor item Description
A
NOTE:
TAKE OUT FROM WIN WARN SET
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
Auto retractable door mirror function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
RETRACTABLE MIRROR SET • On: Operate B
• Off: Non-operation

SELF-DIAG RESULT C
Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
D
Monitor Item Condition
REQ SW -DR Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
REQ SW -AS Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side) E
REQ SW -BD/TR Indicates [On/Off] condition of back door request switch
PUSH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch
F
CLUTCH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch interlock switch
BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off]* condition of stop lamp switch power supply
BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch G
DETE/CANCL SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT PN/N SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of P or N position
H
S/L -LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK)
S/L -UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK)
S/L RELAY -F/B Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock relay I
UNLK SEN -DR Indicates [On/Off] condition of driver door UNLOCK status
PUSH SW -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch
J
IGN RLY1 -F/B Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition relay 1
DETE SW -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT PN -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of P or N position SEC
SFT P -MET Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT N -MET Indicates [On/Off] condition of N position
ENGINE STATE Indicates [Stop/Stall/Crank/Run] condition of engine states L
S/L LOCK-IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK)
S/L UNLK-IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK)
M
S/L RELAY-REQ Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock relay
VEH SPEED 1 Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h]
VEH SPEED 2 Display the vehicle speed signal received from ABS or VDC or TCM by numerical value [Km/h] N
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver side door status
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger side door status
O
ID OK FLAG Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of key ID
PRMT ENG STRT Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of engine start possibility
NOTE: P
PRMT RKE STRT
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
TRNK/HAT MNTR
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key

SEC-33
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
RKE-PANIC
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from Intelligent Key
When remote keyless entry receiver receives the signal transmitted while operating on Intelli-
RKE OPE COUN1
gent Key, the numerical value start changing
NOTE:
RKE OPE COUN2
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
*: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.

ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description

This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation
OUTSIDE BUZZER • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check warning chime in combination meter operation
• Take Out: Take away warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched
INSIDE BUZZER • Key: Key warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched
• Knob: OFF position warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check warning lamp operation
• KEY ON: “KEY” Warning lamp illuminates when CONSULT screen is touched
INDICATOR
• KEY IND: “KEY” Warning lamp blinks when CONSULT screen is touched
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check interior room lamp operation
INT LAMP • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check meter display information
• BP N: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• BP I: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• ID NG: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
• ROTAT: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
LCD • SFT P: Shift P warning lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• INSRT: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
• BATT: Key warning lamp indicator when CONSULT screen is touched
• NO KY: Key warning lamp indicator when CONSULT screen is touched
• OUTKEY: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• LK WN: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check security hazard lamp operation
FLASHER
The hazard lamps are activated after “LH/RH/Off” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check CVT shift selector power supply
P RANGE • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check push-ignition switch illumination operation
ENGINE SW ILLUMI
Push-ignition switch illumination illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch operation
PUSH SWITCH INDICATOR
LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check interior room lamp operation.
BATTERY SAVER
The interior room lamp will be activated after “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check back door opener actuator open operation.
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
This actuator opens when “Open” on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check auto retractable door mirror operation
RETRACTABLE MIRROR • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation

SEC-34
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) [India Produc-
A
tion For Europe and General Areas (Without Super Lock)] INFOID:0000000007216451

WORK SUPPORT
B
Monitor item Description
INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis
C
Door lock/unlock function by door request switch mode can be changed to operation in this
mode
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation D
Engine start function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
ENGINE START BY I-KEY • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation E
NOTE:
TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
Buzzer reminder function mode by Intelligent Key button can be selected from the following F
with this mode
ANSWER BACK FUNCTION
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
G
Auto door lock operation time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: OFF
• MODE 2: 30 sec
• MODE 3: 1 minute H
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minutes
• MODE 5: 3 minutes
• MODE 6: 4 minutes
• MODE 7: 5 minutes I
NOTE:
PANIC ALARM SET
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE: J
TRUNK OPEN DELAY
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
Intelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operation with this mode
LO- BATT OF KEY FOB WARN • On: Operate SEC
• Off: Non-operation
Key reminder function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTI • On: Operate L
• Off: Non-operation
Hazard reminder function mode by door request switch and Intelligent Key button can be se-
lected from the following with this mode
• Lock Only: Door lock operation only M
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
• Unlock Only: Door unlock operation only
• Lock/Unlock: Lock and unlock operation
• Off: Non-operation
N
Buzzer reminder function (lock operation) mode by door request switch can be selected from
the following with this mode
ANS BACK I-KEY LOCK • Horn Chirp: Sound horn
• Buzzer: Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer O
• Off: Non-operation
Buzzer reminder function (unlock operation) mode by door request switch can be changed to
operation with this mode P
ANS BACK I-KEY UNLOCK
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Starter motor can operate during the times below
• 70 msec
SHORT CRANKING OUTPUT
• 100 msec
• 200 msec
CONFIRM KEY FOB ID It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode

SEC-35
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor item Description
NOTE:
TAKE OUT FROM WIN WARN SET
This item is indicated, but not used
Auto retractable door mirror function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
RETRACTABLE MIRROR SET • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation

SELF-DIAG RESULT
Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR

Monitor Item Condition

REQ SW -DR Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
REQ SW -AS Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side)
REQ SW -BD/TR Indicates [On/Off] condition of back door request switch
PUSH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch
CLUTCH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch interlock switch
BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off]* condition of stop lamp switch power supply
BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch
DETE/CANCL SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT PN/N SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of P or N position
S/L -LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK)
S/L -UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK)
S/L RELAY -F/B Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock relay
UNLK SEN -DR Indicates [On/Off] condition of driver door UNLOCK status
PUSH SW -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch
IGN RLY1 -F/B Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition relay 1
DETE SW -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT PN -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of P or N position
SFT P -MET Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
SFT N -MET Indicates [On/Off] condition of N position
ENGINE STATE Indicates [Stop/Stall/Crank/Run] condition of engine states
S/L LOCK-IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK)
S/L UNLK-IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK)
S/L RELAY-REQ Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock relay
VEH SPEED 1 Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h]
VEH SPEED 2 Display the vehicle speed signal received from ABS or VDC or TCM by numerical value [Km/h]
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver side door status
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger side door status
ID OK FLAG Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of key ID
PRMT ENG STRT Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of engine start possibility
NOTE:
PRMT RKE STRT
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
TRNK/HAT MNTR
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key

SEC-36
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
A
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
RKE-PANIC B
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from Intelligent Key
When remote keyless entry receiver receives the signal transmitted while operating on Intelli-
RKE OPE COUN1 C
gent Key, the numerical value start changing
NOTE:
RKE OPE COUN2
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
D
*: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.

ACTIVE TEST
E
Test item Description
This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation
OUTSIDE BUZZER • On: Operate F
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check warning chime in combination meter operation
• Take Out: Take away warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched
INSIDE BUZZER • Key: Key warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched G
• Knob: OFF position warning chime sounds when CONSULT screen is touched
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check warning lamp operation H
• KEY ON: “KEY” Warning lamp illuminates when CONSULT screen is touched
INDICATOR
• KEY IND: “KEY” Warning lamp blinks when CONSULT screen is touched
• Off: Non-operation
I
This test is able to check interior room lamp operation
INT LAMP • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
J
This test is able to check meter display information
• BP N: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• BP I: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• ID NG: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored SEC
• ROTAT: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
LCD • SFT P: Shift P warning lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• INSRT: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
• BATT: Key warning lamp indicator when CONSULT screen is touched L
• NO KY: Key warning lamp indicator when CONSULT screen is touched
• OUTKEY: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
• LK WN: Engine start operation indicator lamp indicate when CONSULT screen is touched
M
This test is able to check security hazard lamp operation
FLASHER
The hazard lamps are activated after “LH/RH/Off” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check CVT shift selector power supply
P RANGE • On: Operate N
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check push-ignition switch illumination operation
ENGINE SW ILLUMI
Push-ignition switch illumination illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched O
This test is able to check LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch operation
PUSH SWITCH INDICATOR
LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check interior room lamp operation. P
BATTERY SAVER
The interior room lamp will be activated after “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check back door opener actuator open operation.
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
This actuator opens when “Open” on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check auto retractable door mirror operation
RETRACTABLE MIRROR • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation

SEC-37
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
THEFT ALM
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT) INFOID:0000000006038495

DATA MONITOR

Monitored Item Description

REQ SW -DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (driver side).
REQ SW -AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (passenger side).
NOTE:
REQ SW -RR
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
NOTE:
REQ SW -RL
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
REQ SW -BD/TR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door request switch.
PUSH SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch
UNLK SEN -DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of driver door UNLOCK status.
DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch (driver side).
DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch (passenger side).
DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
DOOR SW-BK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door switch.
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
KEY CYL LK-SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door key cylinder.
KEY CYL UN-SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door key cylinder.
NOTE:
TR/BD OPEN SW
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
NOTE:
TRNK/HAT MNTR
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
RKE-LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is indicated, but not monitored.

WORK SUPPORT

Service Item Description

SECURITY ALARM SET This mode is able to confirm and change security alarm ON-OFF setting.
The switch which triggered vehicle security alarm is recorded.
THEFT ALM TRG This mode is able to confirm and erase the record of vehicle security alarm.
The trigger data can be erased by touching “CLEAR” on CONSULT screen.

ACTIVE TEST

Test Item Description

This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation. Security indicator lamp is turned on
THEFT IND
when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check horn operation. Horn is activated for 0.5 seconds after “ON” on CONSULT
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN
screen is touched.

SEC-38
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Test Item Description
A
This test is able to check headlamp operation. Headlamps are activated for 0.5 seconds after “ON”
HEADLAMP(HI)
on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check hazard warning lamp operation. Hazard warning lamps are activated after
FLASHER B
“ON” on CONSULT screen is touched.

IMMU
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) INFOID:0000000006038496
C

DATA MONITOR
D
Monitor item Content
CONFRM ID ALL
E
CONFIRM ID4
Indicates [YET] at all time.
CONFIRM ID3 Switches to [DONE] when a registered Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition
switch.
CONFIRM ID2 F
CONFIRM ID1
Indicates [ID OK] when key ID that is registered is received or is not yet received. Indicates [ID NG]
NOT REGISTERED
when key ID that is not registered is received. G
TP 4
TP 3
Indicates the number of IDs that are registered. H
TP 2
TP 1
PUSH SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch. I

ACTIVE TEST
J
Test item Description
This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation.
THEFT IND
Security indicator lamp is turned on when “ON” on CONSULT screen touched.
SEC

SEC-39
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000006879916

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.

Diagnosis mode Description

Ecu Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data.
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to PCS-39, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
Monitor item

Monitor Item MAIN SIG-

Description
[Unit] NALS
MOTOR FAN REQ Displays the value of the cooling fan speed request signal received from ECM via
×
[1/2/3/4] CAN communication.
AC COMP REQ Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via
×
[Off/On] CAN communication.
TAIL&CLR REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication.
HL LO REQ Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication.
HL HI REQ Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication.
FR FOG REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication.
FR WIP REQ Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi] communication.
WIP AUTO STOP
× Displays the status of the front wiper stop position signal judged by IPDM E/R.
[STOP P/ACT P]
WIP PROT
× Displays the status of the front wiper fail-safe operation judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/BLOCK]
IGN RLY1 -REQ Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal received from BCM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
IGN RLY
× Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
PUSH SW
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
INTER/NP SW
Displays the status of the shift position judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
ST RLY CONT Displays the status of the starter relay status signal received from BCM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
IHBT RLY -REQ Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
ST/INHI RLY Displays the status of the starter relay and starter control relay judged by IPDM E/
[Off/ ST ON/INHI ON/UNKWN] R.

SEC-40
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item MAIN SIG-
Description
[Unit] NALS A
DETENT SW Displays the status of the A/T shift selector (detention switch)* judged by IPDM E/
[Off/On] R.
S/L RLY -REQ Displays the status of the steering lock relay signal received from BCM via CAN B
[Off/On] communication.
S/L STATE
Displays the status of the steering lock judged by IPDM E/R.
[LOCK/UNLK/UNKWN] C
DTRL REQ Displays the status of the daytime running light request signal received from BCM
[Off/On] via CAN communication.
OIL P SW D
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
HOOD SW
Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] E
HL WASHER REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] This item is indicated, but not monitored.
THFT HRN REQ Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via F
[Off/On] CAN communication.
HORN CHIRP NOTE:
[Off/On] This item is indicated, but not monitored.
G
*: CVT shift selector (detention switch) for CVT models.
ACTIVE TEST
Test item H

Test item Operation Description

HORN On Operates horn relay for 20 ms. I
Off OFF
FRONT WIPER Lo Operates the front wiper relay.
J
Hi Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper high relay.
1 OFF
2 Operates the cooling fan relay (LO operation). SEC
MOTOR FAN
3 Operates the cooling fan relay (MID operation).
4 Operates the cooling fan relay (HI operation).
L
NOTE:
HEAD LAMP WASHER Off
This item is indicated, but cannot be tested.
Off OFF
M
TAIL Operates the tail lamp relay.
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay.
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Operates simultaneously the headlamp low relay and the headlamp high relay N
Hi
at 1 second ON/OFF intervals.
Fog Operates the front fog lamp relay.
O

SEC-41
 ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000006038498

ECU Reference

EC3-97, "Reference Value" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]*1

EC3-526, "Reference Value" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]*2
EC3-909, "Reference Value" (HR12DDR)
Reference Value
EC4-56, "Reference Value" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]*3
EC4-356, "Reference Value" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]*4
ECD-34, "Reference Value" (K9K)

EC3-110, "Fail Safe" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]*1

EC3-534, "Fail Safe" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]*2
Fail-safe EC3-928, "Fail Safe" (HR12DDR)
EC4-65, "Fail Safe" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]*3
EC4-365, "Fail Safe" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]*4
EC3-113, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [HR12DE (TYPE
ECM 1)]*1
EC3-536, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [HR12DE (TYPE
2)]*2
DTC Inspection Priority Chart EC3-933, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (HR12DDR)
EC4-66, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [HR15DE (TYPE
1)]*3
EC4-366, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [HR15DE (TYPE
2)]*4

EC3-115, "DTC Index" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]*1

EC3-537, "DTC Index" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]*2
EC3-936, "DTC Index" (HR12DDR)
DTC Index
EC4-67, "DTC Index" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]*3
EC4-367, "DTC Index" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]*4
ECD-57, "DTC Index" (K9K)

BCS-57, "Reference Value (Type A)"*5

Reference Value BCS-79, "Reference Value (Type B)"*5
BCS-104, "Reference Value (Type C)"*5
BCM
Fail-safe BCS-149, "Fail-safe"
DTC Inspection Priority Chart BCS-152, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
DTC Index BCS-153, "DTC Index"
Reference Value PCS-19, "Reference Value"
IPDM E/R Fail-safe PCS-38, "Fail-Safe"
DTC Index PCS-39, "DTC Index"
*1: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
*2: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-478, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
*3: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC4-9, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
*4: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC4-311, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
*5: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to BCS-57, "Application Notice".

S E C -4 2
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
Application Notice INFOID:0000000006881753
B

Wiring diagram type Destination

C
• Models for Thailand
• Models for China
TYPE A
• Models for general area from Thailand plant*
• Models for India (HR12DE engine models): Vehicle production: From May 2010 to April 2011 D
• Models for Australia
• Models for New Zealand
• Models for Hong Kong E
TYPE B
• Models for India (K9K engine models): Vehicle production: From October 2010 to April 2011
• Models for Europe (Without Stop/Start System): Vehicle production: From July 2010 to June 2011
• Models for general area from India plant*
• Models for Europe (With Stop/Start System): Vehicle production: From April 2010 to June 2011 F
TYPE C
• Models for South Africa
• Models for India: Vehicle production: From May 2011
TYPE D • Models for Lebanon and Jordan G
• Models for Europe: Vehicle production: From July 2011
*: Refer to GI-26, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.
TYPE A H

SEC

SEC-43
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006038501

JCKWM4538GB

SEC-44
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4539GB

SEC-45
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4540GB

SEC-46
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4541GB

SEC-47
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4542GB

SEC-48
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4543GB

SEC-49
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4544GB

SEC-50
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4545GB

SEC-51
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4546GB

SEC-52
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4547GB

SEC-53
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4548GB

SEC-54
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4009GB

SEC-55
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4550GB

SEC-56
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4551GB

SEC-57
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4552GB

SEC-58
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4553GB

SEC-59
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4554GB

TYPE B

SEC-60
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006881754

SEC

JCKWM5018GB
P

SEC-61
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5019GB

SEC-62
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5020GB

SEC-63
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5021GB

SEC-64
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5022GB

SEC-65
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5023GB

SEC-66
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5024GB

SEC-67
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5025GB

SEC-68
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5026GB

SEC-69
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4013GB

SEC-70
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5028GB

SEC-71
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5029GB

SEC-72
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5030GB

SEC-73
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5031GB

TYPE C

SEC-74
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TYPE C : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007228596

SEC

JCKWM5518GB
P

SEC-75
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5519GB

SEC-76
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5520GB

SEC-77
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5521GB

SEC-78
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4329GB

SEC-79
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4330GB

SEC-80
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4331GB

SEC-81
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4332GB

SEC-82
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4333GB

SEC-83
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4334GB

SEC-84
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4335GB

SEC-85
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4336GB

SEC-86
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4337GB

TYPE D P

SEC-87
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TYPE D : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007572757

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information".

JRKWC0622GB

SEC-88
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWC0623GB

SEC-89
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWC0624GB

SEC-90
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWC0625GB

SEC-91
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006038502

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JMKIA3449GB

DETAILED FLOW

SEC-92
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM A

Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the
incident/malfunction occurs).
B
>> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC
C
1. Check DTC of “ENGINE”, “BCM” and “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.)
- Erase DTC. D
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected? E
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5. F
[Link] THE SYMPTOM
Confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnosis results in real time. G
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5. H

[Link] THE SYMPTOM

Confirm the symptom described by the customer. I
Connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnosis results in real time.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J
>> GO TO 6.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected SEC
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to BCS-152, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (BCM) or PCS-39,
"DTC Index" (IPDM E/R), and determine the trouble diagnosis order. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident". M
[Link] MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step N
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

>> GO TO 7. O
[Link] MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE: P
The Diagnosis Procedure is described based on open and short circuit inspection.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check voltage of related BCM terminals or IPDM E/R terminals using CONSULT.
[Link] OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
SEC-93
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.

>> GO TO 9.
[Link] CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected.
Does the symptom reappear?
YES (DTC is detected)>>GO TO 7.
YES (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
NO >> INSPECTION END

SEC-94
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
A
ECM
ECM : Description INFOID:0000000006038503
B
Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of ECM and BCM, but only
when the ECM is replaced with a new one*.
*: New one means a virgin ECM that has never been energized on-board. C
(In this step, initialization procedure using CONSULT is not necessary)
NOTE:
• When the replaced ECM is not a brand new, the initialization of BCM using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work. D
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs.
ECM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006038504
E
[Link] ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION
1. Install ECM. F
2. Contact backside of registered Intelligent key* to push-button ignition switch, then turn power supply posi-
tion to ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing ECM replacement.
3. Maintain power supply position in the ON position for at least 5 seconds. G
4. Turn power supply position to OFF.
5. Check that the engine starts.
H
>> GO TO 2.
[Link] ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM I
Perform the following procedure.
• HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start System: EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure"
• HR12DE (TYPE 1) without Stop/Start System: EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Proce-
J
dure"
• HR12DE (TYPE 2): EC3-593, "Work Procedure"
• HR12DDR: EC3-982, "Work Procedure"
• HR15DE (TYPE 1): EC4-107, "Work Procedure" SEC
• HR15DE (TYPE 2): EC4-391, "Work Procedure"
• K9K: ECD-97, "Work Procedure"
NOTE: L
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

M
>> END
BCM
BCM : Description INFOID:0000000007220814
N

BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing BCM, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration before replace- O
ment.
NOTE:
If “READ CONFIGURATION” can not be used, use the “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” after P
replacing BCM.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing BCM, always perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION” with CONSULT. Or not doing so,
BCM control function does not operate normally.
• Complete the procedure of “WRITE CONFIGURATION” in order.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.

SEC-95
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• If you set incorrect “WRITE CONFIGURATION”, incidents might occur.
NOTE:
When replacing BCM, perform the system initialization (NATS).
BCM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000007220815

[Link] VEHICLE SPECIFICATION

CONSULT Configuration
Perform “READ CONFIGURATION” to save or print current vehicle specification. Refer to BCS-325, "Descrip-
tion".
NOTE:
If “READ CONFIGURATION” can not be used, use the “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” after
replacing BCM.

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 3.
[Link] VEHICLE SPECIFICATION
CONSULT Configuration
Perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Config file” or “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” to write
vehicle specification. Refer to BCS-325, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.
[Link] BCM (NATS)
Perform BCM initialization. (NATS)

>> WORK END

STEERING LOCK UNIT
STEERING LOCK UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000007390561

Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of steering lock unit and
BCM, but only when the steering lock unit is replaced with a new one*.
*: New one means a virgin steering lock unit that has never been energized on-board.
(In this step, initialization procedure using CONSULT is not necessary)
NOTE:
• When the replaced steering lock unit is not a brand new, the specified procedure (Initialization of
BCM and registration of Intelligent Keys) using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs.
STEERING LOCK UNIT : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000007390562

[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION

1. Install steering lock unit.
2. Contact backside of registered Intelligent key* to push-button ignition switch while brake pedal is
depressed, then turn ignition switch ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing steering lock unit replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Check that the ignition switch is turned ON.

SEC-96
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> INSPECTION END
A

SEC

SEC-97
 P1610 LOCK MODE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
P1610 LOCK MODE
Description INFOID:0000000006038507

ECM forcibly switches to the mode that inhibits engine start, when engine start operation is performed 5 times
or more while communication between ECM and BCM is not normal.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038508

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1610 is displayed with other DTC (for BCM or ENGINE), first perform the trouble diagnosis for other
DTC.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When ECM detects a communication malfunction between
P1610 LOCK MODE —
ECM and BCM 5 times or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-98, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038509

[Link] ENGINE START FUNCTION

1. Check that DTC except for DTC P1610 is not detected.
If detected, erase the DTC after fixing.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Depress brake pedal and contact the registered Intelligent Key backside to push-button ignition switch,
then wait 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait 5 seconds.
6. Repeat steps 3 and 5 twice (a total of 3 times).
7. Check that engine can start.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-98
 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038510

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The ID verification results between BCM • BCM C
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
and ECM are NG. • ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-99, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038511

G
[Link] INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered Intelligent Key? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1611. Refer to SEC-99, "DTC Logic". J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END SEC

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] ECM
N
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR). O
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
P
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System].
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].

SEC-99
 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-100
 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038512

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1000 (for BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000.
Refer to BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1010 (for BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
Inactive communication between ECM
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU shorted.) E
and BCM
• BCM
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-101, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038513
I
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
J
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
Does the engine start?
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ECM
1. Replace ECM. L
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR). M
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”. N
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System].
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without O
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]. P
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-101
 P1616 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1616 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006840264

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1616 NATS MALFUNCTION ECM ROM is malfunctioning. ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON amd wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006840265

[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1616. Refer to SEC-102, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC P1616 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] ECM
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-102
 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038516

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The ID verification results between • BCM C
B2192 ID DISCORD BCM-ECM
BCM and ECM are NG. • ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-103, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038517

G
[Link] INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered Intelligent Key? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT I
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2192. Refer to SEC-103, "DTC Logic". J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END SEC

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] ECM
N
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR). O
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
P
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System].
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].

SEC-103
 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-104
 B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038518

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B2193 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B2193 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
Inactive communication between BCM
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM shorted.) E
and ECM
• BCM
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-105, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038519
I
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
J
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
Does the engine start?
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ECM
1. Replace ECM. L
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR). M
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”. N
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System].
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without O
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]. P
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-105
 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038520

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ID verification between BCM and ECM that is ID verification request out of the
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
out of the specified specification is detected. specified specification

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-106, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038521

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 1

1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195. Refer to SEC-106, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] EQUIPMENT OF THE VEHICLE
Check that unspecified accessory part related to engine start is not installed.
Is unspecified accessory part related to engine start installed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 2
1. Obtain the customers approval to remove unspecified accessory part related to engine start, and then
remove it.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195. Refer to SEC-106, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-106
 B2196 DONGLE UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2196 DONGLE UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006840266

BCM performs ID verification between BCM and dongle unit. B

When verification result is OK, BCM permits cranking.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006840267

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
The ID verification results between BCM
B2196 DONGLE NG (Dongle unit circuit is open or shorted.)
and dongle unit is NG.
• Dongle unit E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. G
4. Check DTC in “Self-diagnosis result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-107, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006840268

I
[Link] INITIALIZATION
1. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
2. Start the engine. J
Dose the engine start?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. SEC

[Link] DONGLE UNIT CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect BCM connector and dongle unit connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and dongle unit harness connector.
M
BCM Dongle unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M68 24 M49 7 Existed N
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM O
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M68 24 Not existed
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] DONGLE UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between dongle unit harness connector and ground.

SEC-107
 B2196 DONGLE UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Dongle unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace dongle unit.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-108
 B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038522

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
Inactive communication between NATS
(NATS antenna amp. circuit is open or
antenna amp. and BCM is detected when
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP shorted.)
BCM enters in the low power consumption
• NATS antenna amp.
mode (BCM sleep condition) D
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1. Make the conditions that BCM enters in the low power consumption mode (BCM sleep condition).
Refer to BCS-20, "POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Turn ignition switch ON. F
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038523
H

[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF. I
2. Check that the following fuse in IPDM E/R is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

J
Battery power supply 49 (20 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. SEC
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY L
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

(+)
M
Voltage (V)
NATS antenna amp. (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N
M26 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and NATS antenna amp. connector.

IPDM E/R NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F115 71 M26 1 Existed

SEC-109
 B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M26 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. COMMUNICATION SIGNAL 1
Check voltage signal between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground using an oscilloscope.

(+)
Voltage (V)
NATS antenna amp. (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

Brake pedal: Depressed

NOTE:
Intelligent Key: Intelligent Waveform varies each time
M26 2 Ground
Key battery is removed when brake pedal is depressed

JMKIA6232JP

Brake pedal: Not depressed 12

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and BCM connector.

NATS antenna amp. BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M26 2 M68 21 Existed
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M26 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. COMMUNICATION SIGNAL 2
Check voltage signal between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground using an oscilloscope.

SEC-110
 B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage (V)
NATS antenna amp. (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B

Brake pedal: Depressed

NOTE: C
Intelligent Key: Intelligent Waveform varies each time
M26 3 Ground
Key battery is removed when brake pedal is depressed

JMKIA6233JP
D

Brake pedal: Not depressed 12

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-221, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 8.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2 F
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and BCM connector.
G
NATS antenna amp. BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
M26 3 M68 25 Existed
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.
I
NATS antenna amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M26 3 Not existed J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. SEC
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END M

SEC-111
 B2013 STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2013 STEERING LOCK UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038524

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The ID verification results between BCM and
B2013 ID DISCORD BCM-S/L Steering lock unit
steering lock unit are NG.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Lock the steering.
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
3. Press the push-button ignition switch.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-112, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038525

[Link] INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
Does steering lock operate?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-112
 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038526

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(Steering lock unit circuit is open or
Inactive communication between steering
B2014 CHAIN OF S/L-BCM shorted.)
lock unit and BCM
• Steering lock unit
• BCM D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1. Lock steering.
NOTE:
F
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch. G
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
3. Press the push-button ignition switch. H
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-113, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038527
J
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. SEC
2. Disconnect steering lock unit connector.
3. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

(+) L
Voltage (V)
Steering lock unit (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M
OFF or ACC 12
M12 7 Ground Ignition switch
ON 0
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O

1. Disconnect BCM connector.

2. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and BCM harness connector. P
Steering lock unit BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M12 7 M71 95 Existed
3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

SEC-113
 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Steering lock unit

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M12 7 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between steering lock unit and ground.

Steering lock unit

Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
5
M12 Existed
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect steering lock unit connector and BCM connector.
2. Check voltage signal between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Steering lock unit (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
12
(For a few seconds after lock operation)
Lock condition
↓
0

During lock or unlock

operation
Steering lock NOTE:
M12 2 Ground Waveform varies ac-
unit
cording to operations
(lock or unlock)
JMKIA6234JP

Unlock condition
12
(Ignition switch ACC)
Unlock condition
0
(Ignition switch ON)
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect steering lock unit and BCM connector.

SEC-114
 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.
A
Steering lock unit BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M12 2 M71 94 Existed B
3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

Steering lock unit C

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M12 2 Not existed
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. E
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT. F
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2014. Refer to SEC-113, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected again?
G
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM H
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
I
>> INSPECTION END

SEC

SEC-115
 B2555 STOP LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2555 STOP LAMP
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038528

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
BCM makes a comparison between the (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
upper voltage and lower voltage of stop shorted.)
B2555 STOP LAMP
lamp switch. It judges from their values to • Stop lamp switch
detect the malfunctioning circuit. • Fuse
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Depress brake pedal and wait 1 second or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038529

[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M71 105 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No. 38, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and fuse.
[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Stop lamp switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E114 (Gasoline engine M/T models)
E115 (Except M/T models) 1 Ground Battery voltage
E116 (Diesel engine models)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse.
[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL 2
1. Connect stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

SEC-116
 B2555 STOP LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Depressed Battery voltage
B
M68 9 Ground Brake pedal
Not depressed 0
Is the inspecting result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] BCM D
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
E
>> INSPECTION END
[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT F
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
G
Stop lamp switch BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E114 (Gasoline engine M/T models) H
E115 (Except M/T models) 2 M68 9 Existed
E116 (Diesel engine models)
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. I

Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal J
Ground
E114 (Gasoline engine M/T models)
E115 (Except M/T models) 2 Not existed
E116 (Diesel engine models)
SEC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. L
[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to SEC-117, "Component Inspection".
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-65, "Removal and Installation".
N
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
O
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006038530
P

[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals.

SEC-117
 B2555 STOP LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Stop lamp switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Not depressed Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-65, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-118
 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038531

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(Push-button ignition switch circuit is
BCM detects the push-button ignition switch
B2556 PUSH-BTN IGN SW shorted.)
stuck at ON for 100 seconds or more.
• Push-button ignition switch
• BCM D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following condition.

- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Release push-button ignition switch and wait 100 seconds or more. F
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038532
H

[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.
3. Check voltage between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.
J
(+)
Voltage (V)
Push-button ignition switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal SEC
M101 8 Ground 12
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT M
1. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
N
Push-button ignition switch BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M101 8 M71 100 Existed O
3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

Push-button ignition switch P

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M101 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-119
 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

Push-button ignition switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M101 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-120, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to SEC-222, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006038533

[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.
3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch terminals.

Push-button ignition switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal

Push-button ignition Pressed Existed

4 8
switch Not pressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to SEC-222, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-120
 B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038534

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B2557 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B2557 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes D
BCM detects one of the following conditions for 10
seconds continuously.
• Vehicle speed signal from “combination meter” • Harness or connectors E
is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more and vehicle (The CAN communication line is
speed signal from “ABS actuator and electric open or shorted.)
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
unit (control unit)” is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or less • Combination meter
• Vehicle speed signal from “combination meter” • ABS actuator and electric unit F
is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or less and vehicle speed (control unit)
signal from “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Start engine and wait 10 seconds or more.
2. Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more for 10 seconds or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038535

[Link] DTC OF “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” SEC
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index" [With-
out VDC/ESP (with ABS)] or BRC-169, "DTC Index" [With VDC (ESP)].
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
[Link] DTC OF “COMBINATION METER”
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to MWI-77, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O

Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

P
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-121
 B2601 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2601 SHIFT POSITION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038536

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B2601 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B2601 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• When there is a difference between P range (CAN communication line is open or
signal from A/T shift selector (detention shorted.)
switch) and P position signal from IPDM E/R • Harness or connectors
(CAN). (A/T models) [A/T shift selector (detention switch)
B2601 SHIFT POSITION
• When there is a difference between P range circuit is open or shorted.]
signal from CVT shift selector (detention [CVT shift selector (detention switch)
switch) and P position signal from IPDM E/R circuit is open or shorted.]
(CAN). (CVT models) • IPDM E/R
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
3. Shift the selector lever to any position other than P and wait 2 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES (A/T models)>>Go to SEC-122, "Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models)".
YES (CVT models)>>Go to SEC-123, "Diagnosis Procedure (CVT Models)".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models) INFOID:0000000006038537

[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT (BCM)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (detention switch) connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

A/T shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M58 8 M68 37 Existed
5. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

A/T shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M58 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT (IPDM E/R)
SEC-122
 B2601 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness A
connector.

A/T shift selector (detention switch) IPDM E/R

Continuity B
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M58 8 E17 80 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
D
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT. E
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2601. Refer to SEC-122, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC B2601 detected again?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation". F
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (CVT Models) INFOID:0000000006307730

G
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT (BCM)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector (detention switch) connector. H
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector. I

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
M64 8 M68 37 Existed
5. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.
SEC
CVT shift selector (detention switch)
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
L
M64 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT (IPDM E/R)
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. N
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness
connector.
O
CVT shift selector (detention switch) IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M64 8 E17 80 Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
SEC-123
 B2601 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2601. Refer to SEC-122, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC B2601 detected again?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

SEC-124
 B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2602 SHIFT POSITION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038539

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B2602 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B2602 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is
open or shorted.) E
• Harness or connectors
BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds.
[A/T shift selector (detention switch)
• Selector lever is in the P position
B2602 SHIFT POSITION circuit is open or shorted.]
• Vehicle speed is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more F
[CVT shift selector (detention switch)
• Ignition switch is in the ON position
circuit is open or shorted.]
• A/T shift selector (detention switch)
• CVT shift selector (detention switch)
• Combination meter
G

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more for 10 seconds or more.
I
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES (A/T models)>>Go to SEC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models)". J
YES (CVT models)>>Go to SEC-127, "Diagnosis Procedure (CVT models)".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models) INFOID:0000000006038540 SEC

[Link] DTC OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS” using CONSULT. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. M
[Link] DTC OF COMBINATION METER
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to MWI-77, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3. O
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (detention switch) connector. P
3. Check voltage between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
A/T shift selector (detention switch) (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M58 7 Ground 12

SEC-125
 B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

A/T shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M58 7 M71 104 Existed
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

A/T shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M58 7 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

A/T shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M58 8 M68 37 Existed
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

A/T shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M58 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)
Refer to SEC-128, "Component Inspection [A/T Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-297, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-126
 B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnosis Procedure (CVT models) INFOID:0000000006307733

A
[Link] DTC OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS” using CONSULT.
B
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
C
[Link] DTC OF COMBINATION METER
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? D
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to MWI-77, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect CVT shift selector (detention switch) connector.
F
3. Check voltage between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V) G
CVT shift selector (detention switch) (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M64 7 Ground 12 H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4. I
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector. J
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM SEC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M64 7 M71 104 Existed
L
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

CVT shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity M
Connector Terminal Ground
M64 7 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM O

1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".

2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT. P

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

SEC-127
 B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M64 8 M68 37 Existed
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

CVT shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M64 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)
Refer to SEC-128, "Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-557, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection [A/T Shift Selector (Detention Switch)] INFOID:0000000006038544

[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) terminals.

A/T shift selector (detention switch)

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Selector button: Released Not existed
Selector lever: P position
7 8 Selector button: Pressed
Existed
Selector lever: Other than P position
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-297, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch)] INFOID:0000000006307735

[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector.
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) terminals.

CVT shift selector (detention switch)

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Selector button: Released Not existed
Selector lever: P position
7 8 Selector button: Pressed
Existed
Selector lever: Other than P position
Is the inspection result normal?
SEC-128
 B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-557, "Removal and Installation". A

SEC

SEC-129
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2603 SHIFT POSITION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038542

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B2603 is displayed with DTC B2601, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2601. Refer to
SEC-122, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes
• Harness or connector
[A/T shift selector (detention switch)
circuit is open or shorted.]
BCM detects the following status when ignition
[CVT shift selector (detention switch)
switch is in the ON position.
circuit is open or shorted.]
• Transmission range switch signal: approx. 0 V
• Harness or connectors
B2603 SHIFT POSI STATUS • A/T shift selector (detention switch) signal:
(Transmission range switch circuit is
approx. 0 V (A/T models)
open or shorted.)
• CVT shift selector (detention switch) signal:
• A/T shift selector (detention switch)
approx. 0 V (CVT models)
• CVT shift selector (detention switch)
• Transmission range switch
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] START
Check the vehicle type. Refer to SEC-43, "Application Notice".

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES (A/T models)>>Go to SEC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models)".
YES [CVT models (Type A and C)>>Go to SEC-133, "Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type A and C)]".
YES [CVT models (Type B)>>Go to SEC-135, "Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type B)]".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2
1. Shift the selector lever to the position other than P and N, and wait 1 second or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES (A/T models)>>Go to SEC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models)".
YES [CVT models (Type A and C)>>Go to SEC-133, "Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type A and C)]".
YES [CVT models (Type B)>>Go to SEC-135, "Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type B)]".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models) INFOID:0000000006038543

[Link] START
Perform inspection in accordance with procedure that confirms DTC.
Which procedure confirms DTC?
DTC confirmation procedure 1>>GO TO 2.
DTC confirmation procedure 2>>GO TO 8.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
SEC-130
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Check that the following fuse in IPDM E/R is not blown.
A
Signal name Fuse No.
Ignition power supply 52 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
C
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. D
3. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V) E
Transmission range switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F21 7 Ground Battery voltage F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. G
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.
I
Transmission range switch IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
F21 7 E14 57 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation". SEC
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect transmission range switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground. M

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition N
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P or N position Battery voltage
M71 102 Ground Selector lever O
Other than above 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. P
NO >> GO TO 6.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

SEC-131
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Transmission range switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F21 10 M71 102 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Refer to SEC-138, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace transmission assembly. Refer to TM-315, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (detention switch) connector.
3. Check voltage between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
A/T shift selector (detention switch) (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M58 7 Ground 12
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

A/T shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M58 7 M71 104 Existed
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

A/T shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M58 7 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

A/T shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M58 8 M68 37 Existed
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

SEC-132
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

A/T shift selector (detention switch) A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M58 8 Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)
Refer to SEC-138, "Component Inspection [A/T Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-315, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

F
>> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM
G
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

H
>> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type A and C)] INFOID:0000000006307734

I
[Link] START
Perform inspection in accordance with procedure that confirms DTC.
Which procedure confirms DTC? J
DTC confirmation procedure 1>>GO TO 2.
DTC confirmation procedure 2>>GO TO 7.
SEC
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in fuse block (F/B) is not blown. L

Signal name Fuse No.

Ignition power supply 63 (10 A) M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing. N
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
O
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

(+) P
Voltage (V)
Transmission range switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F51 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.

SEC-133
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect transmission range switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P or N position Battery voltage
M71 102 Ground Selector lever
Other than above 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Transmission range switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F51 2 M71 102 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Refer to SEC-138, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace transmission assembly. Refer to TM-315, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector (detention switch) connector.
3. Check voltage between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
CVT shift selector (detention switch) (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M64 7 Ground 12
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

SEC-134
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M64 7 M71 104 Existed
B
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

CVT shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity C
Connector Terminal Ground
M64 7 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT E
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector. F

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
M64 8 M68 37 Existed
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground. H
CVT shift selector (detention switch)
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
I
M64 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. J
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)
SEC
Refer to SEC-139, "Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. L
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-557, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident". M

>> INSPECTION END

N
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT. O

>> INSPECTION END

P
Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type B)] INFOID:0000000007220822

[Link] START
Perform inspection in accordance with procedure that confirms DTC.
Which procedure confirms DTC?
DTC confirmation procedure 1>>GO TO 2.

SEC-135
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DTC confirmation procedure 2>>GO TO 8.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in IPDM E/R is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

Ignition power supply 52 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Transmission range switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F51 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.

Transmission range switch IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F51 1 E14 57 Existed
4. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

Transmission range switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F51 1 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect transmission range switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P or N position Battery voltage
M71 102 Ground Selector lever
Other than above 0

SEC-136
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. A
NO >> GO TO 6.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
B
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and BCM harness connector. C

Transmission range switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
F51 2 M71 102 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH F
Refer to SEC-138, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. G
NO >> Replace transmission assembly. Refer to TM-315, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector (detention switch) connector.
3. Check voltage between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.
I
(+)
Voltage (V)
CVT shift selector (detention switch) (–)
(Approx.) J
Connector Terminal
M64 7 Ground 12
Is the inspection result normal? SEC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
L
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con- M
nector.

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M64 7 M71 104 Existed
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground. O

CVT shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground P
M64 7 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT
SEC-137
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M64 8 M68 37 Existed
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

CVT shift selector (detention switch)

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M64 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)
Refer to SEC-139, "Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-557, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch) INFOID:0000000006044292

[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch terminals.

Transmission range switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
P or N position Existed
A/T models 7 10
Other than above Not existed
P or N position Existed
CVT models 1 2
Other than above Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace transmission assembly. Refer to TM-315, "Removal and Installation" (A/T), TM-587,
"HR12DE : Removal and Installation" (CVT).
Component Inspection [A/T Shift Selector (Detention Switch)] INFOID:0000000006307732

[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)

SEC-138
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector connector. A
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) terminals.

A/T shift selector (detention switch)

Condition Continuity B
Terminal
Selector button: Released Not existed
Selector lever: P position
7 8 Selector button: Pressed C
Existed
Selector lever: Other than P position
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-297, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch)] INFOID:0000000006307738 E

[Link] CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector.
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) terminals.
G
CVT shift selector (detention switch)
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Selector button: Released Not existed H
Selector lever: P position
7 8 Selector button: Pressed
Existed
Selector lever: Other than P position
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-557, "Removal and Installation". J

SEC

SEC-139
 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2604 SHIFT POSITION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038545

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B2604 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B2604 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
The following states are detected for 5 seconds
(The CAN communication line is
while ignition switch is ON.
open or shorted.)
• P/N position signal is sent from transmission
• Harness or connectors
range switch but shift position signal input
B2604 PNP/CLUTCH SW (Transmission range switch circuit
(CAN) from TCM is other than P and N
is open or shorted.)
• P/N position signal is not sent from transmis-
• Transmission range switch
sion range switch but shift position signal input
• TCM
(CAN) from TCM is P or N
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] START
Check the vehicle type. Refer to SEC-43, "Application Notice".

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 5 seconds or more.
3. Shift the selector lever to the N position and wait 5 seconds or more.
4. Shift the selector lever to any position other than P and N, and wait 5 seconds or more.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES (A/T models)>>Go to SEC-140, "Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models)".
YES [CVT models (Type A and C)]>>Go to SEC-142, "Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type A and C)]".
YES [CVT models (Type B)]>>Go to SEC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type B)]".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T models) INFOID:0000000006038546

[Link] DTC OF TCM

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to TM-159, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in IPDM E/R is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

Ignition power supply 52 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.

SEC-140
 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY A

1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.
B
(+)
Voltage (V)
Transmission range switch (–)
(Approx.) C
Connector Terminal
F21 7 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
F
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.

Transmission range switch IPDM E/R G

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F21 7 E14 57 Existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness. I
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect transmission range switch connector. J
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
SEC
(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal L
P or N position Battery voltage
M71 102 Ground Selector lever
Other than above 0
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6. N
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector. O
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
P
Transmission range switch BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F21 10 M71 102 Existed
5. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

SEC-141
 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Transmission range switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F21 10 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Refer to SEC-138, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace transmission assembly. Refer to TM-315, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type A and C)] INFOID:0000000006307745

[Link] DTC OF TCM

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to TM-393, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in fuse block (F/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

Ignition power supply 63 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Transmission range switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F51 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.

SEC-142
 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Reconnect transmission range switch connector.
B
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+) C
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
D
P or N position Battery voltage
M71 102 Ground Selector lever
Other than above 0
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector. G
4. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Transmission range switch BCM H

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F51 2 M71 102 Existed
I
5. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

Transmission range switch

Continuity J
Connector Terminal Ground
F51 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? SEC
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH L

Refer to SEC-138, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)".

Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace transmission assembly. Refer to TM-587, "HR12DE : Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

O
>> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation". P
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-143
 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnosis Procedure [CVT models (Type B)] INFOID:0000000007220824

[Link] DTC OF TCM

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to TM-393, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in IPDM E/R is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

Ignition power supply 52 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Transmission range switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F51 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.

Transmission range switch IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F51 1 E14 57 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect transmission range switch connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

SEC-144
 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P or N position Battery voltage
B
M71 102 Ground Selector lever
Other than above 0
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector. E
4. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Transmission range switch BCM F

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F51 2 M71 102 Existed
G
5. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

Transmission range switch

Continuity H
Connector Terminal Ground
F51 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH J
Refer to SEC-138, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
SEC
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace transmission assembly. Refer to TM-587, "HR12DE : Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END M

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation". N
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END O

SEC-145
 B2605 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2605 SHIFT POSITION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038547

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B2605 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B2605 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
When ignition switch is ON, P/N position
• Harness or connectors
signal input from transmission range switch
B2605 PNP/CLUTCH SW (Transmission range switch circuit is
and P/N position signal (CAN) input from
open or shorted.)
IPDM E/R do not match.
• Transmission range switch
• IPDM E/R
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
3. Shift the selector lever to the N position and wait 1 second or more.
4. Shift the selector lever to any position other than P and N, and wait 1 second or more.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to TM-587, "HR12DE : Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038548

[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.

IPDM E/R BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F115 76 M71 102 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for B2605. Refer to SEC-146, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC B2605 detected again?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

SEC-146
 B2608 STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2608 STARTER RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038549

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B2608 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B2608 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B2608 is displayed with other DTC (BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC detected.
D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or E
shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
BCM outputs starter relay OFF signal but
(Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.)
B2608 STARTER RELAY BCM receives starter relay ON signal from F
• Harness or connectors
IPDM E/R (CAN).
(Engine restart relay circuit is open or
shorted.) (Models with Stop/Start System)
• IPDM E/R
G
• Starter relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

H
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine.
- Selector lever: In the P position I
- Brake pedal: Depressed
2. Wait 1 second after engine started.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? J
YES >> Go to SEC-147, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038550

[Link] DTC OF IPDM E/R L

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-39, "DTC Index". M
NO (Models with Stop/Start System)>>GO TO 2.
NO (Models without Stop/Start System)>>GO TO 3.
[Link] DTC OF ECM N
1. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for P1650.
Refer to EC3-381, "DTC Logic" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) or EC3-1259, "DTC Logic" (HR12DDR).
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. O
Is DTC P1650 detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3. P

[Link] STARTER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

SEC-147
 B2608 STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N or P position Battery voltage
A/T, CVT Selector lever
Other than above 0

M/T without Depressed Battery voltage

M71 97 Ground Clutch pedal
ASCD Released 0

M/T with ON Battery voltage

Ignition switch
ASCD OFF 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect starter relay.
3. Disconnect BCM connector..
4. Check continuity between starter relay harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Starter relay BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E60 1 M71 97 Existed
5. Check continuity between starter relay harness connector and ground.

Starter relay
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E60 1 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STARTER RELAY
Refer to SEC-148, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace starter relay.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for B2608. Refer to SEC-147, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC B2608 detected again?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006044327

[Link] STARTER RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect starter relay.
3. Check continuity between starter relay terminals.

SEC-148
 B2608 STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Starter relay A
Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 5 B
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace starter relay.

SEC

SEC-149
 B2609 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2609 STEERING STATUS
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038551

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B2609 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B2609 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
BCM detects one of the following status. (The CAN communication line is
• Combination of steering lock state switch and open or shorted.)
steering unlock state switch is not normal. • Harness or connectors
B2609 S/L STATUS
• Combination of steering lock state switch and (Steering lock unit circuit is open or
steering unlock state switch is different from shorted.)
steering lock/unlock state that BCM recognizes. • Steering lock unit
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more.
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch and wait 1 second or more.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038552

[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Lock 0
107
Unlock 12
M71 Ground Steering lock unit
Lock 12
108
Unlock 0
NOTE:

SEC-150
 B2609 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models) A
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering B
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation". D
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END E

[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector. F
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.

BCM Steering lock unit

Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
107 3
M71 M12 Existed
108 8 H
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM I
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
107
M71 Not existed J
108
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. SEC
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
L
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

M
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-151
 B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038553

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
BCM detects malfunctioning of steering lock
B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT Steering lock unit
unit before steering unlocking.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to unlock steering.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038554

[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260B. Refer to SEC-152, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-152
 B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038555

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
BCM detects malfunctioning of steering lock C
B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT Steering lock unit
unit before steering locking.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? F
YES >> Go to SEC-153, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038556
G

[Link] START
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260C. Refer to SEC-153, "DTC Logic". I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END J
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit. SEC
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END L

SEC-153
 B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038557

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
BCM detects malfunctioning of steering lock
B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT Steering lock unit
unit after steering locking.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038558

[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260D. Refer to SEC-154, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-154
 B260F ENGINE STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260F ENGINE STATUS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006038559

BCM receives the engine status signal from ECM via CAN communication. B
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038560

DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

NOTE:
• If DTC B260F is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". D
• If DTC B260F is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
BCM has not yet received the engine status
(The CAN communication line is open
B260F ENG STATE SIG LOST signal from ECM when ignition switch is in F
or shorted.)
the ON position.
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038561

J
[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. SEC
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260F. Refer to SEC-155, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] ECM M
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]. N
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
O
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System]. P
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).

SEC-155
 B260F ENGINE STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-156
 B2612 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2612 STEERING STATUS
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038562

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B2612 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B2612 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes D
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
The following 2 state signals are different. shorted.) E
• Steering lock state recognition of BCM • Harness or connectors
B2612 S/L STATUS
• Steering lock state signal (CAN) from (Steering lock unit circuit is open or shorted.)
IPDM E/R • Steering lock unit
• IPDM E/R F
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more.
- Selector lever: In the P position H
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Go to SEC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2 J

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering and wait 1 second or more. SEC
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Go to SEC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038563
M

[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
O
IPDM E/R (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Unlock 12 P
88
Lock 0
E17 Ground Steering lock unit
Unlock 0
89
Lock 12
NOTE:

SEC-157
 B2612 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.

IPDM E/R Steering lock unit

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
88 3
E17 M12 Existed
89 8
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
88
E17 Not existed
89
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Lock 0
107
Unlock 12
M71 Ground Steering lock unit
Lock 12
108
Unlock 0
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.

SEC-158
 B2612 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM Steering lock unit A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
107 3
M71 M12 Existed B
108 8
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
C
BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
107 D
M71 Not existed
108
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT F
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
G
>> INSPECTION END
[Link] IPDM E/R
H
1. Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2612. Refer to SEC-157, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC B2612 detected again?
I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM J
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
SEC
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-159
 B2619 BCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2619 BCM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038564

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
There is a difference between power supply output to
B2619 BCM BCM
steering lock unit and steering lock unit feedback result.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038565

[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2619. Refer to SEC-160, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-160
 B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006336964

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B261A is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B261A is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
(Push-button ignition switch circuit is
BCM detects the mismatch between the following
open or shorted) E
for 1 second or more
- Between BCM and push-button igni-
• Push-button ignition switch operation condition
B261A PUSH-BTN IGN SW tion switch
judged by push switch signal
- Between IPDM E/R and push-button
• Push-button ignition switch status signal from F
ignition switch
IPDM E/R (CAN)
• IPDM E/R
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Press push-button ignition switch for 1 second under the following condition. H

A/T models and CVT models

- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed I

M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
J
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Release push-button ignition switch and wait 1 second.
3. Check DTC in “Self diagnostic result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? SEC
YES >> Go to SEC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006336965

[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.
3. Check voltage between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground. N
(+)
Voltage (V)
Push-button ignition switch (–)
(Approx.) O
Connector Terminal
M101 8 Ground 12
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT 1
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.

SEC-161
 B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Push-button ignition switch IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M101 8 E17 81 Existed
3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

Push-button ignition switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M101 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Push-button ignition switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M101 8 M71 100 Existed
3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

Push-button ignition switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M101 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-162
 B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288096

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B261F is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B261F is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors.
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted.) E
BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds
• Harness or connectors.
ASCD CNCL/CLTCH 3 times
B261F (Clutch pedal position switch circuit
SW • Clutch pedal position switch input: 0 V
is open or shorted)
• Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more F
• Clutch pedal position switch
• Combination meter
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Start the engine. H
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more for 10 seconds.
3. Decrease the vehicle speed to below 40 km/h (24.8 MPH).
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of 3 times). I
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288097

SEC
[Link] DTC OF COMBINATION METER
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
Refer to MWI-77, "DTC Index". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. M

[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF. N
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

O
Ignition power supply 5 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.

SEC-163
 B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Voltage (V)
Clutch pedal position switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E109 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Connect clutch pedal position switch connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Released Battery voltage
M68 37 Ground Clutch pedal
Depressed 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Clutch pedal position switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E109 2 M68 37 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-165, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD), CL-
15, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD).
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-164
 B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006288098

A
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch connector. B
3. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals.

Clutch pedal position switch C

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Not depressed Existed
1 2 Clutch pedal D
Depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD), CL-
15, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD).
F

SEC

SEC-165
 B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288099

NOTE:
• If DTC B2620 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B2620 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(CAN communication line is open or
BCM detects the following status for 10 sec- shorted.)
onds 3 times • Harness or connector
B2620 NEUTRAL SW • Park/neutral position switch input: Battery (Park/neutral position switch circuit
voltage is open or shorted)
• Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more • Park/neutral position switch
• Combination meter
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more for 10 seconds.
3. Decrease the vehicle speed to below 40 km/h (24.8 MPH).
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of 3 times).
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288100

[Link] DTC OF COMBINATION METER

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
Refer to MWI-77, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Vehicle type Signal name Fuse No.

A or C 64 (10 A)
Ignition power supply
B 5 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
SEC-166
 B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
4. Check voltage between park/neutral position switch harness connector and ground.
A
(+)
Voltage (V)
Park/neutral position switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal B
F22 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect park/neutral position switch connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
F
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Neutral position Battery voltage G
M71 102 Ground Shift lever
Except neutral position 0
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
[Link] BCM I
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
J
>> INSPECTION END
[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SEC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
L
4. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Park/neutral position switch BCM

Continuity M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F22 3 M71 102 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH O
Refer to SEC-168, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-29, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-167
 B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006288101

[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch terminals.

Park/neutral position switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Neutral position Existed
2 3 Shift lever
Except neutral position Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-29, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-168
 B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288102

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector C
(Clutch interlock switch circuit is
BCM detects the following conditions for 2
open or shorted)
seconds or more.
• Harness or connector
• Clutch pedal position switch: ON D
B26E8 CLUTCH SW (Clutch pedal position switch circuit
(Clutch pedal is released)
is open or shorted)
• Clutch interlock switch: ON
• Clutch interlock switch
(Clutch pedal is depressed)
• Clutch pedal position switch
E
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1 F

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Wait 2 seconds or more under the following conditions.
G
- Shift lever: In the neutral position.
- Clutch pedal: Depressed
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to SEC-169, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2
1. Release clutch pedal and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-169, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END SEC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288103

[Link] START L

Perform inspection in accordance with procedure that confirms DTC.

Which procedure confirms DTC? M
DTC confirmation procedure 1>>GO TO 2.
DTC confirmation procedure 2>>GO TO 7.
[Link] FUSE N
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.
O
Vehicle type Signal name Fuse No.
A 64 (10 A)
Ignition power supply
B 5 (10 A) P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch connector.

SEC-169
 B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Clutch pedal position switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E109 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Connect clutch pedal position switch connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Depressed 0
M68 37 Ground Clutch pedal
Not depressed Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Clutch pedal position switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E109 2 M68 37 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-172, "Component Inspection (Clutch pedal position switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD), CL-
15, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD).
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

Battery power supply 7 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
SEC-170
 B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
2. Check voltage between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground. A

(+)
Voltage (V)
Clutch interlock switch (–)
(Approx.) B
Connector Terminal
E108 (Models without ASCD) 1
Ground Battery voltage C
E111 (Models with ASCD) 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. D
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Connect clutch interlock switch connector. E
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+) F
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
G
Depressed Battery voltage
M71 101 Ground Clutch pedal
Not depressed 0
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 10.
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT I
1. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and BCM harness connector. J

Clutch interlock switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal SEC
E108 (Models without ASCD) 2
M71 101 Existed
E111 (Models with ASCD) 4
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. M
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
Refer to SEC-172, "Component Inspection (Clutch interlock switch)".
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD), CL-15,
"RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD). O

[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident". P

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

SEC-171
 B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Clutch interlock switch) INFOID:0000000006288104

[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch terminals.
.

Clutch interlock switch

Condition Continuity
Model Terminal
Depressed Existed
Without ASCD 1 2 Clutch pedal
Not depressed Not existed
Depressed Existed
With ASCD 3 4 Clutch pedal
Not depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD), CL-15,
"RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD).
Component Inspection (Clutch pedal position switch) INFOID:0000000006288105

[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals.

Clutch pedal position switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Depressed Not existed
1 2 Clutch pedal
Not depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD), CL-
15, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD).

SEC-172
 B26E9 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26E9 STEERING STATUS
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038566

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
BCM activates steering lock but steering state that C
B26E9 LOCK MALFUNCTION Steering lock unit
BCM recognizes is unlock.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? F
YES >> Refer to SEC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038567
G

[Link] START
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B26E9. Refer to SEC-173, "DTC Logic". I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END J
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit. SEC
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END L

SEC-173
 B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038568

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B26EF is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B26EF is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B26EF is displayed with DTC B2612, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2612. Refer to
SEC-157, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
BCM detects one of the following status
• BCM does not receives steering lock relay • Harness or connectors
ON signal (CAN) from IPDM E/R within 2 (The CAN communication line is
seconds after BCM requests IPDM E/R to open or shorted.)
turn steering lock relay ON • Harness or connector
B26EF STRG LCK RELAY OFF
• BCM detects, by lock/unlock status signals, (Steering lock relay circuit is open
that power source is not supplied to steer- or shorted.)
ing lock unit for 2 seconds after BCM re- • Steering lock relay
quests IPDM E/R to turn steering lock relay • IPDM E/R
ON

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions, and wait 2 seconds or more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering and wait 2 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038569

[Link] DTC OF IPDM E/R

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of IPDM E/R using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the diagnosis procedure related to the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-39, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

Battery power supply 34 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?

SEC-174
 B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing. A
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
B
(+)
Voltage (V)
Steering lock unit (–) Condition
(Approx.) C
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage (For
a few seconds after
D
Lock condition lock operation)
Steering lock ↓
M12 1 Ground
unit 0
During operation Battery voltage E
Unlock condition 0
NOTE:
F
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch. G
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
I
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock relay. J
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
4. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering lock relay IPDM E/R SEC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 5 E17 87 Existed
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness. M
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock relay. N
3. Disconnect steering lock unit connector.
4. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.
O
Steering lock relay Steering lock unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 5 M12 1 Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY POWER SUPPLY SIRCUIT
Check voltage between steering lock relay harness connector and ground.

SEC-175
 B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Voltage (V)
Steering lock relay (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1
E56 Ground Battery voltage
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering lock relay IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 2 E17 82 Existed
3. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and ground.

Steering lock relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E56 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY
Refer to SEC-176, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace steering lock relay.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006044485

[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock relay.
3. Check continuity between steering lock relay terminals.

Steering lock relay

Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 5
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering lock relay.

SEC-176
 B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038570

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B26F0 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B26F0 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
BCM detects one of the following status
• BCM does not receives steering lock relay • Harness or connectors
OFF signal (CAN) from IPDM E/R within 2 (The CAN communication line is E
seconds after BCM requests IPDM E/R to open or shorted.)
turn steering lock relay OFF • Harness or connector
B26F0 STRG LCK RELAY ON
• BCM detects, by the lock/unlock status sig- (Steering lock relay circuit is open
nals, that power source is supplied to steer- or shorted.) F
ing lock unit continuously for 2 seconds after • Steering lock relay
BCM requests IPDM E/R to turn steering lock • IPDM E/R
relay OFF
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions, and wait 2 seconds or more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position I
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
J
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering and wait 2 seconds or more. SEC
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038571
M
[Link] DTC OF IPDM E/R
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the diagnosis procedure related to the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-39, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. O
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock relay. P
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
4. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering lock relay IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 2 E17 82 Existed

SEC-177
 B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
5. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and ground.

Steering lock relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E56 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 2
1. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering lock relay IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 5 E17 87 Existed
2. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and ground.

Steering lock relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E56 5 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY
Refer to SEC-178, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace steering lock relay.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006046168

[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock relay.
3. Check continuity between steering lock relay terminals.

Steering lock relay

Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 5
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering lock relay.

SEC-178
 B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038572

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B26F3 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B26F3 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B26F3 is displayed with DTC P1651 (ENGINE), first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1651.
Refer to EC3-384, "DTC Logic". D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors E
BCM requests IPDM E/R to turn starter (The CAN communication line is open
control relay OFF, but BCM cannot receive or shorted.)
B26F3 START CONT RLY ON
starter control relay OFF state signal from (Cranking enable signal circuit is
IPDM E/R (CAN). shorted.) F
• IPDM E/R

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine.
H
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed I
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed J
2. Wait 2 seconds after engine started.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? SEC
YES >> Go to SEC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038573 L

[Link] DTC OF IPDM E/R

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the diagnosis procedure related to the detected DTC. Refer to SEC-179, "DTC Logic".
NO (Models with Stop/Start System)>>GO TO 2. N
NO (Models without Stop/Start System)>>GO TO 3.
[Link] DTC OF ECM O
1. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1651.
Refer to EC3-384, "DTC Logic" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) or EC3-1262, "DTC Logic" (HR12DDR).
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the diagnosis procedure for the detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

SEC-179
 B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-180
 B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038574

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B26F4 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B26F4 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
BCM requests IPDM E/R to turn starter • Harness or connectors
control relay ON, but BCM cannot receive (The CAN communication line is open
B26F4 START CONT RLY OFF
starter control relay ON state signal from or shorted.) E
IPDM E/R (CAN). • IPDM E/R

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 1 second or
more. G

A/T models and CVT models

- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed H

M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed I
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Go to SEC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038575
SEC

[Link] DTC OF IPDM E/R

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the diagnosis procedure related to the detected DTC. Refer to SEC-179, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. M
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident". N

>> INSPECTION END

O

SEC-181
 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038576

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B26F5 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B26F5 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open
or shorted.)
When BCM performs steering lock request
• Harness or connectors
to IPDM E/R, steering lock state signal
B26F5 STRG LCK STS SW (Steering lock unit circuit is open or
(CAN) from IPDM E/R is already lock
shorted.)
state.
• Steering lock unit
• IPDM E/R
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038577

[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
IPDM E/R (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Unlock 12
88
Lock 0
E17 Ground Steering lock unit
Unlock 0
89
Lock 12
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

SEC-182
 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.
B
IPDM E/R Steering lock unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
88 3 C
E17 M12 Existed
89 8
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
D
IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground E
88
E17 Not existed
89
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
H
(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
I
Connector Terminal
Lock 0
107
Unlock 12 J
M71 Ground Steering lock unit
Lock 12
108
Unlock 0
SEC
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position. L
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models)
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4. N
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector.
O
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.

BCM Steering lock unit

Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
107 3
M71 M12 Existed
108 8
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

SEC-183
 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
107
M71 Not existed
108
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] IPDM E/R
1. Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFITRNATION PROCEDURE for B26F5. Refer to SEC-182, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC B26F5 detected again?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-184
 B26F7 BCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F7 BCM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038578

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
B26F7 BCM Inside key antenna output circuit in BCM is malfunctioning. BCM C

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D
1. Press door request switch.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-185, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038579

G
[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. H
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B26F7. Refer to SEC-185, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC B26F7 detected again?
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM J
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
SEC
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-185
 B26FB CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26FB CLUTCH SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288106

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
BCM receives the abnormal signal of clutch
(CAN communication line is open or
B26FB CLUTCH SWITCH pedal position switch from ECM via CAN
shorted)
communication.
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288107

[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self diagnostic result” mode of BCM using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B26FB. Refer to SEC-186, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] ECM
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System].
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-186
 B26FC KEY REGISTRATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26FC KEY REGISTRATION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038587

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Improper registration operation C
Intelligent Key that does not match the vehicle is
B26FC KEY REGISTRATION • Intelligent Key
registered.
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT. E
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure" F
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038588
G
[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Prepare Intelligent Key that matches the vehicle. H
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM J
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
SEC
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-187
 B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038593

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC B2108 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to PCS-
68, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is
IPDM E/R detects that steering lock relay is open or shorted.)
stuck in the ON position for about 1 second • Harness or connector
B2108 S/L RELAY ON
even if IPDM E/R receives steering lock relay (Steering lock relay circuit is open
ON/OFF signal (CAN) from BCM. or shorted.)
• Steering lock relay
• IPDM E/R

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038594

[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

Battery power supply 34 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

SEC-188
 B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage (V)
Steering lock unit (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage (For
B
a few seconds after
Lock condition lock operation)
Steering lock ↓ C
M12 1 Ground
unit 0
During operation Battery voltage
Unlock condition 0 D
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models) E
To lock the steering 2. Turn the power supply position to the OFF position.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. (A/T models and CVT models) F
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation". G
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 1
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock relay.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
4. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. I

Steering lock relay IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
E56 5 E17 87 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
SEC
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 2 L
1. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering lock relay IPDM E/R M

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 2 E17 82 Existed
N
2. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and ground.

Steering lock relay

Continuity O
Connector Terminal Ground
E56 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY
Refer to SEC-190, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-189
 B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Replace steering lock relay.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006046373

[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock relay.
3. Check continuity between steering lock relay terminals.

Steering lock relay

Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 5
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering lock relay.

SEC-190
 B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038595

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B2109 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
PCS-68, "DTC Logic". C
• When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B2109 may be
detected.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open
IPDM E/R detects that steering lock relay or shorted.) E
is stuck in the OFF position for about 1 • Harness or connector
B2109 S/L RELAY OFF second even if IPDM E/R receives steer- (Steering lock relay circuit is open or
ing lock relay ON/OFF signal (CAN) from shorted.)
BCM. • Steering lock relay F
• IPDM E/R
• Battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. H

A/T models and CVT models

- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed I

M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
J
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
SEC
YES >> Go to SEC-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038596 L

[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY SIGNAL

Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. M

(+)
Voltage (V)
IPDM E/R (–) Condition N
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch A few seconds after
Battery voltage O
OFF opening the driver door
E17 87 Ground Ignition switch Press the push-button
Battery voltage
LOCK ignition switch
Ignition switch ACC or ON 0 P

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY POWER SUPPLY SIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

SEC-191
 B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Disconnect steering lock relay.
3. Check voltage between steering lock relay harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Steering lock relay (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1
E56 Ground Battery voltage
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No. 34, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between steering lock relay and fuse.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 1
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering lock relay IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 5 E17 87 Existed
3. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and ground.

Steering lock relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E56 5 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT 2
1. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering lock relay IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 2 E17 82 Existed
2. Check continuity between steering lock relay harness connector and ground.

Steering lock relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E56 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY
Refer to SEC-192, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace steering lock relay.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006046374

[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY

SEC-192
 B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock relay. A
3. Check continuity between steering lock relay terminals.

Steering lock relay B

Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 5 C
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace steering lock relay.

SEC

SEC-193
 B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038597

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
IPDM E/R detects the difference between (Steering lock unit circuit is open or
B210A S/L STATE SW steering condition switches 1 and 2 signals shorted.)
for 1 second. • Steering lock unit
• IPDM E/R

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering and wait 1 second or more.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038598

[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
IPDM E/R (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Unlock 12
88
Lock 0
E17 Ground Steering lock unit
Unlock 0
89
Lock 12
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
SEC-194
 B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector. A

IPDM E/R Steering lock unit

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B
88 3
E17 M12 Existed
89 8
C
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity D
Connector Terminal
Ground
88
E17 Not existed
89 E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. F
[Link] STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit. G
2. Perform initialization of BCM using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END H

SEC

SEC-195
 B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038599

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC B210B is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to PCS-
68, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When comparing the following items, IPDM E/R detects
that starter control relay is stuck in the ON position for
1 second or more. • Harness or connectors
• Starter control relay signal (CAN) from BCM (The CAN communication
B210B START CONT RLY ON • Starter relay status signal (CAN) from BCM line is open or shorted.)
• Starter control relay and starter relay status signal • IPDM E/R
(IPDM E/R input) • BCM
• Starter control relay control signal (IPDM E/R output)
• Transmission range switch signal input

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 1 second or
more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038600

[Link] DTC FOR BCM

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B210B. Refer to SEC-196, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B210B. Refer to SEC-196, "DTC Logic".

SEC-196
 B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".

SEC

SEC-197
 B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038601

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B210C is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
PCS-68, "DTC Logic".
• When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B210C may be
detected.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When comparing the following items, IPDM E/R detects
that starter control relay is stuck in the OFF position for
• Harness or connectors
1 second or more.
(The CAN communication
• Starter control relay signal (CAN) from BCM
line is open or shorted.)
B210C START CONT RLY OFF • Starter relay status signal (CAN) from BCM
• IPDM E/R
• Starter control relay and starter relay status signal
• BCM
(IPDM E/R input)
• Battery
• Starter control relay control signal (IPDM E/R output)
• Transmission range switch signal input

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 1 second or
more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038602

[Link] DTC FOR BCM

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B210C. Refer to SEC-198, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
SEC-198
 B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B210C. Refer to SEC-198, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
B

SEC

SEC-199
 B210D STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210D STARTER RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038603

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC B210D is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
PCS-68, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC B210D is displayed with DTC P1650, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1650. Refer to
EC3-381, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
When comparing the following items, IPDM E/ (The CAN communication line is
R detects that starter relay is stuck in the ON open or shorted.)
position for 1 second or more. • Harness or connectors
• Starter control relay signal (CAN) from BCM (Starter relay circuit is open or
• Starter relay status signal (CAN) from BCM shorted.)
B210D STARTER RELAY ON
• Starter control relay and starter relay status • Harness or connectors
signal (IPDM E/R input) (Engine restart relay circuit is
• Starter control relay control signal (IPDM E/R shorted.)
output) • IPDM E/R
• Transmission range switch signal input • BCM
• Starter relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 1 second or
more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038604

[Link] DTC OF ECM

1. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for P1650.
Refer to EC3-381, "DTC Logic" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) or EC3-1259, "DTC Logic" (HR12DDR).
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to EC3-382, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] STARTER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

SEC-200
 B210D STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N or P position Battery voltage
B
A/T, CVT Selector lever
Other than above 0

M/T without Depressed Battery voltage C

M71 97 Ground Clutch pedal
ASCD Released 0

M/T with ON Battery voltage

Ignition switch
ASCD OFF 0 D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect starter relay.
3. Disconnect BCM connector..
4. Check continuity between starter relay harness connector and BCM harness connector. G
Starter relay BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
E60 1 M71 97 Existed
5. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
I
Starter relay
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E60 1 Not existed J

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation". SEC
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STARTER RELAY
Refer to SEC-201, "Component Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace starter relay. M
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation". N
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent keys using CONSULT.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B210D. Refer to SEC-200, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006046423 P

[Link] STARTER RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect starter relay.
3. Check continuity between starter relay terminals.

SEC-201
 B210D STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Starter relay
Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 5
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace starter relay.

SEC-202
 B210E STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210E STARTER RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038605

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B210E is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
PCS-68, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B210E is displayed with DTC B2605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2605. Refer to
SEC-146, "DTC Logic".
• When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B210F may be
detected. D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When comparing the following items, IPDM E/R E
• Harness or connectors
detects that starter relay is stuck in the OFF po-
(The CAN communication line is open
sition for 1 second or more.
or shorted.)
• Starter control relay signal (CAN) from BCM
• Harness or connector F
• Starter relay status signal (CAN) from BCM
B210E STARTER RELAY OFF (Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• Starter control relay and starter relay status
• IPDM E/R
signal (IPDM E/R input)
• Battery
• Starter control relay control signal (IPDM E/R G
• BCM
output)
• Starter relay
• Transmission range switch signal input

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 1 second or I
more.
A/T models and CVT models
- Selector lever: In the P position J
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M/T models
- Shift lever: In the neutral position SEC
- Clutch pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Go to SEC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038606
M

[Link] STARTER RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL

N
1. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V) O
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N or P position Battery voltage P
A/T, CVT Selector lever
Other than above 0

M/T without Depressed Battery voltage

M71 97 Ground Clutch pedal
ASCD Released 0

M/T with ON Battery voltage

Ignition switch
ASCD OFF 0

SEC-203
 B210E STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] STARTER RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Disconnect starter relay.
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and starter relay harness connector.

BCM Starter relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 97 E60 1 Existed
5. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 97 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and starter relay harness connector.

IPDM E/R Starter relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
38 (Models with Stop/Start System)
E12 E60 2 Existed
39 (Models without Stop/Start System)
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
38 (Models with Stop/Start System)
E12 Not existed
39 (Models without Stop/Start System)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STARTER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect starter relay.
3. Check voltage between starter relay harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Starter relay (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E60 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO-1 >> Check 40 A fusible link [Figure H, located in the fuse block (J/B)].

SEC-204
 B210E STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between starter relay and fusible link.
[Link] STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT 2 A

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.

2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and starter relay harness connector.
B
IPDM E/R Starter relay
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
E11 27 E60 3 Existed
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
D
IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E11 27 Not existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. F

[Link] STARTER RELAY

Refer to SEC-205, "Component Inspection". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace starter relay. H
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
I
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent keys using CONSULT.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B210E. Refer to SEC-203, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006046424 SEC

[Link] STARTER RELAY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect starter relay.
3. Check continuity between starter relay terminals.
M
Starter relay
Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed N
3 5
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace starter relay.
P

SEC-205
 B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038607

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC B210F is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to PCS-
68, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open
IPDM E/R detects a difference between the or shorted.)
following signals • Harness or connectors
• P/N position signal from transmission (Transmission range switch circuit is
range switch and P/N position signal open or shorted.)
B210F INTRLCK/PNP SW ON
(CAN) from BCM (Except M/T models) (Clutch interlock switch circuit is open
• Clutch pedal operation signal from clutch or shorted.)
interlock switch and interlock signal • Transmission range switch
(CAN) from BCM (M/T models) • Clutch interlock switch
• IPDM E/R
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

EXCEPT M/T MODELS
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Shift selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
3. Shift selector lever to the N position and wait 1 second or more.
4. Shift selector lever to the position other than P and N, and wait 1 second or more.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure (Except M/T Models)".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M/T MODELS
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
2. Depress the clutch pedal and wait 1 second or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models)".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (Except M/T Models) INFOID:0000000006038608

[Link] DTC OF BCM

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IPDM E/R SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.

SEC-206
 B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and transmission range switch harness connec-
tor. A

IPDM E/R Transmission range switch

Model Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B
A/T models F21 10 Existed
F115 76
CVT models F51 2 Existed
C
5. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
D
IPDM E/R (–) Continuity
Connector Terminal
F115 76 Ground Not existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness. F

Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) INFOID:0000000006419781

[Link] DTC OF BCM G

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.

Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. J
4. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Clutch interlock switch IPDM E/R SEC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E108 (Without ASCD) 2
E12 37 Existed L
E111 (With ASCD) 4
5. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground.
M
Clutch interlock switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
E108 (Without ASCD) 2 N
Not existed
E111 (With ASCD) 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation". O
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-207
 B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006038609

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC B2110 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to PCS-
68, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open
IPDM E/R detects a difference between the or shorted.)
following signals • Harness or connectors
• P/N position signal from transmission (Transmission range switch circuit is
range switch and P/N position signal open or shorted.)
B210F INTRLCK/PNP SW OFF
(CAN) from BCM (Except M/T models) (Clutch interlock switch circuit is open
• Clutch pedal operation signal from clutch or shorted.)
interlock switch and interlock signal (CAN) • Transmission range switch
from BCM (M/T models) • Clutch interlock switch
• IPDM E/R
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

EXCEPT M/T MODELS
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Shift selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
3. Shift selector lever to the N position and wait 1 second or more.
4. Shift selector lever to the position other than P and N, and wait 1 second or more.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure (Except M/T Models)".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M/T MODELS
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
2. Depress the clutch pedal and wait 1 second or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models)".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (Except M/T Models) INFOID:0000000006038610

[Link] DTC OF BCM

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IPDM E/R SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.

SEC-208
 B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and transmission range switch harness connec-
tor. A

IPDM E/R Transmission range switch

Model Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B
A/T models F21 10 Existed
F115 76
CVT models F51 2 Existed
C
5. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
D
IPDM E/R (–) Continuity
Connector Terminal
F115 76 Ground Not existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness. F

Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) INFOID:0000000006419786

[Link] DTC OF BCM G

Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.

Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. J
4. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Clutch interlock switch IPDM E/R SEC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E108 (Without ASCD) 2
E12 37 Existed L
E111 (With ASCD) 4
5. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground.
M
Clutch interlock switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
E108 (Without ASCD) 2 N
Not existed
E111 (With ASCD) 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation". O
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-209
 HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HOOD SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006288083

[Link] FUNCTION
1. Select “HOOD SW” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. Check “HOOD SW” indication under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Open ON
HOOD SW Hood
Close OFF
Is the indication normal?
YES >> Hood switch is OK.
NO >> Go to SEC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288084

[Link] HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector.
3. Check voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Hood switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E52 1 Ground 12
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and hood switch harness connector.

IPDM E/R Hood switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E10 14 E52 1 Existed
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E10 14 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.

Hood switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E52 2 Existed

SEC-210
 HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] HOOD SWITCH
B
Refer to SEC-211, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-217, "RHD MODELS : Removal and Installation"
(RHD models), DLK-219, "LHD MODELS : Removal and Installation" (LHD models).
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END E

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006288085

F
[Link] HOOD SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector. G
3. Check continuity between hood switch terminals.

Hood switch
Condition Continuity H
Terminal
Unlock condition Not existed
1 2 Hood lock
Lock condition Existed I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-217, "RHD MODELS : Removal and Installation" J
(RHD models), DLK-219, "LHD MODELS : Removal and Installation" (LHD models).

SEC

SEC-211
 HORN FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HORN FUNCTION
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006288086

[Link] FUNCTION
1. Perform “VEHICLE SECURITY HORN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” using CON-
SULT.
2. Check the horn operation.

Test item Description

VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ON Horn Sounds (for 0.5 sec)
Is the operation normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to SEC-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288087

[Link] HORN FUNCTION

Check that horns function properly using horn switch.
Does horn sound?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check horn circuit. Refer to HRN-5, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram".
[Link] HORN CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect horn relay.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and horn relay harness connector.

IPDM E/R Horn relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E10 23 E5 1 Existed
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E10 23 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-72, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-212
 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006038616

[Link] FUNCTION B
1. Perform “THEFT IND” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “IMMU” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Check security indicator lamp operation.
C
Test item Description
ON Illuminates
THEFT IND Security indicator lamp
OFF Does not illuminate D

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Go to SEC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038617

F
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown. G

Signal name Fuse No.

Battery power supply 11 (10 A) H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing. I

[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect combination meter connector. J
2. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
SEC
Combination meter (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M34 1 Ground Battery voltage L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. M

[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL

1. Connect combination meter connector. N
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
O
(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal P
M68 23 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] BCM
SEC-213
 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Combination meter BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M34 31 M68 23 Existed
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.

Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M34 31 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-214
 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VE-
HICLE
B
Description INFOID:0000000006038627

Engine does not start when push-button ignition switch is pressed while carrying Intelligent Key. C
NOTE:
• Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• The engine start function, door lock function, power distribution system, and NATS in the Intelligent Key sys- D
tem are closely related to each other regarding control. The vehicle security function can operate only when
the door lock and power distribution system are operating normally.
E
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” setting in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.
• One or more of Intelligent Keys with registered Intelligent Key ID is in the vehicle.
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038628

[Link] WORK SUPPORT G

Perform “INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS” in “Work Support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” using CON-
SULT.
Refer to SEC-28, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) (Except India Pro- H
duction For Europe and General Areas)", SEC-31, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTEL-
LIGENT KEY) (With Super Lock)" or SEC-35, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM -
INTELLIGENT KEY) [India Production For Europe and General Areas (Without Super Lock)]".
I
>> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT J
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”, and check whether or not DTC of inside key antenna is
detected.
Is DTC detected? SEC
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to BCS-153, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH L

Check push-button ignition switch.

Refer to PCS-213, "Component Function Check".
M
Is the operation normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
N
[Link] THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the inspection normal? O
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.
P

SEC-215
 STEERING DOES NOT LOCK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
STEERING DOES NOT LOCK
Description INFOID:0000000006038629

Steering does not lock when door is open while ignition switch is OFF.
NOTE:
Before performing the diagnosis, perform “Work Flow”. Refer to SEC-92, "Work Flow".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038630

[Link] DOOR SWITCH

Check door switch.
Refer to DLK-114, "Component Function Check" (TYPE 1), DLK-455, "Component Function Check" (TYPE
3), DLK-677, "Component Function Check" (TYPE 4). Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to DLK-24, "Infor-
mation".
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
[Link] DETENTION SWITCH
For A/T models, check A/T shift selector (detention switch). Refer to SEC-128, "Component Inspection [A/T
Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]".
For CVT models, check CVT shift selector (detention switch). Refer to SEC-128, "Component Inspection [CVT
Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]".
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
[Link] THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.

SEC-216
 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
A
Description INFOID:0000000006038631

Security indicator lamp does not blink when power supply position is other than the ON position. B
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis, perform “Work Flow”. Refer to SEC-92, "Work Flow".
• Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom. C

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)

D
Power supply position is other than the ON position.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006038632

E
[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
Check security indicator lamp.
Refer to SEC-213, "Component Function Check". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. G
[Link] THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again. H
Is the result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1. I

SEC

SEC-217
 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : Description INFOID:0000000006288089

Armed phase is not activated when door is locked using Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check
each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)
Confirm that the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” is “ON” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “THEFT ALM”of
“BCM” using CONSULT.
INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288090

[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION)

Lock/unlock door with Intelligent Key.
Refer to DLK-37, "REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description" (TYPE 1).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check Intelligent Key system (remote keyless entry function). Refer to DLK-158, "Diagnosis Pro-
cedure" (TYPE 1).
[Link] HOOD SWITCH
Check hood switch.
Refer to SEC-210, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace hood switch.
[Link] THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000006288091

Armed phase is not activated when door is locked using door request switch.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check
each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)
Confirm that the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” is “ON” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “THEFT ALM”of
“BCM” using CONSULT.
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288092

[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (DOOR LOCK FUNCTION)

Lock/unlock door with door request switch.
Refer to DLK-35, "DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description" (TYPE 1).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check Intelligent Key system (door lock function). Refer to DLK-155, "ALL DOOR REQUEST
SWITCHES : Diagnosis Procedure" (TYPE 1).

SEC-218
 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] HOOD SWITCH A

Check hood switch.
Refer to SEC-210, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace hood switch.
[Link] THE OPERATION C
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
D
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.

SEC

SEC-219
 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
Description INFOID:0000000006288093

Alarm does not operate when alarm operating condition is satisfied.

NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check
each symptom.
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
Confirm that the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” is “ON” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “THEFT ALM”of
“BCM” using CONSULT.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288094

[Link] DOOR SWITCH

Check door switch.
Refer to DLK-114, "Component Function Check" (TYPE 1).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning door switch
[Link] HOOD SWITCH
Check hood switch.
Refer to SEC-210, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace hood switch.
[Link] HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Check hazard warning lamps.
Refer to EXL-102, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
[Link] HORN FUNCTION
Check horn function.
Refer to SEC-212, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
[Link] THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.

SEC-220
 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

NATS ANTENNA AMP.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006038647
B

REMOVAL
1. Remove the push-button ignition switch. Refer to SEC-222, "Removal and Installation". C
2. Disengage the NATS antenna amp. pawl, and then remove
NATS antenna amp.
D
: Pawl

F
JMKIA5307ZZ

INSTALLATION
G
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SEC

SEC-221
 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006038648

Refer to IP-14, "Exploded View".

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006038649

REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument finisher E. Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disengage the push-button ignition switch fixing pawl and then remove push-button ignition switch.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SEC-222
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
FOR EUROPE
B
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and
"SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006890449

C
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and D
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a E
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas- F
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.
G
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in H
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal I
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har- J
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and SEC
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice. L

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS

WARNING: M
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly N
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. O
FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and
"SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006890456
P
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.

The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a

SEC-223
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
• The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated by
the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled and
will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled and
could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the passenger
air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle arrived for ser-
vice.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR
BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006890451

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with

SEC-224
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury. A
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE : Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover B
INFOID:0000000006053658

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to C
windshield.

PIIB3706J
F

SEC

SEC-225
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006014761

JMKIA5795ZZ

SEC-226
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1. Remote keyless entry receiver 2. NATS antenna amp. 3. Combination meter A

Refer to DLK-243, Refer to MWI-7, "Component Parts
"Component Parts Location" (TYPE Location".
2).
Refer to DLK-790, B
"Component Parts Location" (TYPE
5).
Refer to DLK-932,
"Component Parts Location" (TYPE C
6).
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to
DLK-24, "Information".
D
4. IPDM E/R 5. ECM 6. BCM
Refer to PCS-76, "Component Parts Refer to EC3-28, "ENGINE CON- Refer to BCS-203, "BODY CON-
Location". TROL SYSTEM : TROL SYSTEM : Component
Component Parts Location" Parts Location". E
[HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-484,
"Component Parts Location"
[HR12DE (TYPE 2)]. F
Refer to EC3-809, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location"
(HR12DDR). G
Refer to EC4-15,
"Component Parts Location"
[HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
H
Refer to EC4-317,
"Component Parts Location"
[HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-10, "Component Parts I
Location" (K9K).
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer
to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle
Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to J
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).
7. Front door switch (driver side) 8. Door lock and unlock switch (Used
for vehicle security system)
SEC
A. Behind steering column cover

Component Description INFOID:0000000006014762

L

Component Reference
BCM SEC-227 M
IPDM E/R SEC-228
Door switch SEC-228
N
Hood switch (Models with vehicle security system) SEC-228
Ignition key SEC-228
NATS antenna amp. SEC-228 O
Security indicator lamp SEC-228
Starter control relay SEC-228
P
Transmission range switch (A/T models) SEC-228

BCM INFOID:0000000006014763

BCM performs the ID verification between BCM and ECM when ignition switch is turned ON.
If the verification result is OK, ECM can start engine. If the verification result is NG, ECM cannot start engine.

SEC-227
 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000006337206

Starter control relay is integrated in IPDM E/R and used for the engine starting system. Starter control relay is
controlled by IPDM E/R while communicating with BCM and ECM. IPDM E/R sends the starter control relay
status signal to ECM.
Door Switch INFOID:0000000006288111

Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
Hood Switch INFOID:0000000006351037

Hood switch detects that hood is open, and then transmits the signal to IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R transmits hood
switch signal to BCM via CAN communication.
Ignition Key INFOID:0000000006014764

The ID verification is performed between BCM and ignition key via NATS antenna amp. when ignition switch is
turned ON. If an unregistered ID of ignition key is used, the operation of the starting engine is prohibited.
NATS Antenna Amp. INFOID:0000000006014765

The ID verification is performed between BCM and ignition key via NATS antenna amp. when ignition switch is
turned ON. If an unregistered ID of ignition key is used, the operation of the starting engine is prohibited.
Security Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000006337202

Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter.

Security indicator lamp blinks when power supply position is in any position other than ON, to warn that Nissan
Anti-Theft System (NATS) is on board.
Starter Control Relay INFOID:0000000006288113

Starter control relay is integrated in IPDM E/R and used for the engine starting system. Starter control relay is
controlled by IPDM E/R while communicating with BCM and ECM. IPDM E/R sends the starter control relay
status signal to ECM.
Transmission Range Switch INFOID:0000000006288115

Transmission range switch is integrated in A/T assembly to detect the selector lever position, and then trans-
mits the P/N position signal to IPDM E/R.

SEC-228
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM
A
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006014767
B

JMKIA6584GB
G

NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006014768

H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) has the following immobilizer functions:
• NATS shows high anti-theft performance to prevent engine from starting by anyone other than the owner I
who has the registered ignition key.
• The ignition key has NATS ID and only ignition key which has the same ID as the ID registered in BCM and
ECM can start engine. This makes high anti-theft performance to prevent the vehicle from being stolen using J
a copied ignition key.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks when ignition switch is in any position other than the ON position.
Therefore, NATS warns outsiders that the vehicle is equipped with the anti-theft system.
• If the system detects a malfunction, security indicator lamp illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON. SEC
• If the owner requires, ignition key ID can be registered for up to 5 keys.
• During trouble diagnosis, when additional ignition key is needed, or when the following components are
replaced, the ID registration is required. For the registration procedure, refer to CONSULT Operation Manual L
NATS-IVIS/NVIS.
- BCM
- Ignition key
M
• Possible symptom of NATS malfunction is “Engine cannot start”. The engine also can not be started
because of other than the NATS malfunction, so start the trouble diagnosis according to SEC-269, "Work
Flow".
• If ECM other than genuine part is installed, the engine cannot be started. N
For ECM replacement procedure, refer to the following. Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How
to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).
- [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start System]: EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure"
O
- [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without Stop/Start System]: EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Proce-
dure"
- [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]: EC3-593, "Work Procedure"
- (HR12DDR): EC3-980, "Work Procedure" P
- [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]: EC4-107, "Work Procedure"
- [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]: EC4-391, "Work Procedure"
- (K9K): ECD-97, "Work Procedure"
PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION
• Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS, for the actual procedure of NATS ID registration.
• The NATS ID registration is the procedure that registers the ID stored into the ignition key (transponder is
integrated) to BCM.
SEC-229
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
• Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter and warns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks, when the ignition switch is in any position other than the ON position.
• Security indicator lamp turns OFF when the ignition switch is in ON position.
OPERATION WHEN IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED INTO IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
1. When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM activates NATS antenna amp. to start NATS ID verification with
the ignition key (transponder is integrated).
2. BCM receives the NATS ID signal from ignition key via NATS antenna amp. and verifies it with the regis-
tered ID.
3. When the NATS ID verification result is OK, BCM performs the ID verification between BCM and ECM.
4. When the verification result is OK, BCM sends the verification OK signal to ECM, and then ECM can start
the engine.
5. When the ignition switch is turned to the START position, BCM sends the starter request signal to IPDM E/
R.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006288109

JMKIA5797GB

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006288110

• The vehicle security system has two alarm functions (theft warning alarm and panic alarm), and reduces the
possibility of a theft or mischief by activating horns and hazard warning lamps intermittently.
• The panic alarm does not start when the theft warning alarm is activating, and the panic alarm stops when
the theft warning alarm is activated.
The priority of the functions are as per the following.

Priority Function
1 Theft warning alarm
2 Panic alarm

THEFT WARNING ALARM

SEC-230
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• The theft warning alarm function activates horns and hazard warning lamps intermittently when BCM detects
that any door or hood is opened by unauthorized means, while the system is in the ARMED state. A
• Security indicator lamp on combination meter always blinks when ignition switch is any position other than
ON. Security indicator lamp blinking warns that the vehicle is equipped with a vehicle security system.
Operation Flow B

JMKIA5416GB

G
No. System state Switching condition
1 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
PRE-ARMED one condition of B is satis-
fied.
• Ignition switch: OFF All doors are locked by: H
• All doors: Closed • Door lock and unlock switch
• Hood: Closed • LOCK button of Keyfob
2 PRE-ARMED When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF
I
to ARMED conditions are satisfied for • All doors: Locked
30 seconds. • Hood: Closed
3 ARMED to When one condition of A and A B
ALARM one condition of B are satis- J
Keyfob: Not used • Any door: Open
fied.
• Hood: Open
4 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
PRE-RESET one condition of B is satis-
SEC
• Ignition switch: OFF All doors are locked by:
fied.
• Any door or hood: Open • Door lock and unlock switch
• LOCK button of Keyfob
L
5 PRE-ARMED When one of the following • Hood: Open
to PRE-RESET conditions is satisfied.
6 ARMED to No conditions.
PRE-RESET M
7 ALARM to
PRE-RESET
8 PRE-RESET to When one of the following • Ignition switch: ACC/ON/START
N
DISARMED conditions is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Keyfob: ON
• UNLOCK switch of door lock and unlock switch: ON
• Any door: Open O
9 PRE-RESET to When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF
PRE-ARMED conditions are satisfied. • All doors: Closed
• Hood: Closed
P
10 PRE-ARMED When one of the following • Ignition switch: ACC/ON/START
to DISARMED condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Keyfob: ON
• Any door: Open
• Key reminder function: ON

SEC-231
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. System state Switching condition
11 ARMED to When one of the following • Ignition switch: ACC/ON/START
DISARMED condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Keyfob: ON
12 ALARM to
DISARMED
13 RE-ALARM When one of the following • Any door: Open
condition is satisfied after the • Hood: Open
ALARM operation is finished.
NOTE:
• To lock/unlock all doors by operating remote controller button of keyfob, the keyfob must be within the detection area of remote key-
less entry receiver. For details, refer to DLK-248, "System Description".

DISARMED Phase
The vehicle security system is not set in the DISARMED phase. The vehicle security system stays in this
phase while any door is open, because it is assumed that the owner is inside or nearby the vehicle. Security
indicator lamp blinks every 2.4 seconds.
When the vehicle security system is reset, each phase switches to the DISARMED phase directly.
PRE-ARMED Phase
The PRE-ARMED phase is the transient state between the DISARMED phase and the ARMED phase. This
phase is maintained for 30 seconds, so that the owner can reset the setting due to a mis-operation. This phase
switches to the ARMED phase when vehicle conditions are not changed for 30 seconds. Security indicator
lamp illuminates while being in this phase.
To reset the PRE-ARMED phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 10 in the table above.
ARMED Phase
The vehicle security system is set, and BCM monitors all necessary inputs. If any door or hood is opened with-
out using Keyfob, vehicle security system switches to the ALARM phase. Security indicator lamp blinks every
2.4 seconds.
To reset the ARMED phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 11 in the table above.
ALARM Phase
BCM transmits “Theft Warning Horn Request” signal intermittently to IPDM E/R via CAN communication, and
blinks hazard warning lamps. In this phase, horns and hazard warning lamps are activated intermittently for
approximately 27.5 seconds to warn that the vehicle is accessed by unauthorized means. ON/OFF timings of
horns and hazard warning lamps are synchronizes. After 27.5 seconds, the vehicle security system returns to
the ARMED phase. At this time, if BCM still detects unauthorized access to the vehicle, the system is switched
to the ALARM phase again. This RE-ALARM operation is carried out a maximum of 2 times.
To cancel the ALARM operation, refer to the switching condition of No. 12 in the table above.
NOTE:
If a battery terminal is disconnected during the ALARM phase, theft warning alarm stops. But when the battery
terminal is reconnected, theft warning alarm is activated again.
PRE-RESET Phase
The PRE-RESET phase is the transient state between each phase and DISARMED phase. If only the condi-
tion of hood is not satisfied, the system switches to the PRE-RESET phase. Then, when any condition is
changed, the system switches to the DISARMED phase or PRE-ARMED phase.
PANIC ALARM
Refer to DLK-37, "REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description".

SEC-232
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000006032067
B
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
C
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed. E
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification. F
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
G
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item H
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
I
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × × J
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
SEC

Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×

Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × L
• Automatic air conditioner
AIR CONDITONER ×
• Manual air conditioner
Combination switch COMB SW × M
Body control system BCM ×
NATS IMMU ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × N
Back door TRUNK ×
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM*1 × × O
— RETAINED PWR*2
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
P
Panic alarm PANIC ALARM ×

• *1: For models without theft warning alarm this mode is not used.
• *2: This item is displayed, but is not used.
THEFT ALM

SEC-233
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT) INFOID:0000000006014770

ACTIVE TEST

Test Item Description

This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation.
THEFT IND
Security indicator lamp will be turned on when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check horn operation.
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN
Horn will be activated for 0.5 seconds after “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check headlamp (HI) operation.
HEADLAMP (HI)
Headlamps (HI) will be activated for 0.5 seconds after “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched.
This test is able to check hazard warning lamp operation.
FLASHER
Hazard warning lamps will be activated after “LH” or “RH” on CONSULT screen is touched.

IMMU
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) INFOID:0000000006014771

ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description

This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation.
THEFT IND
Security indicator lamp will be turned on when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched.

SEC-234
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
A
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000006879918

APPLICATION ITEM B
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.

Diagnosis mode Description C

Ecu Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data. D
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
E
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to PCS-105, "DTC Index".
F
DATA MONITOR
Monitor item

Monitor Item MAIN SIG-

G
Description
[Unit] NALS
MOTOR FAN REQ Displays the value of the cooling fan speed request signal received from ECM via
× H
[1/2/3/4] CAN communication.
AC COMP REQ Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via
×
[Off/On] CAN communication.
TAIL&CLR REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN I
×
[Off/On] communication.
HL LO REQ Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication. J
HL HI REQ Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication.
FR FOG REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN SEC
×
[Off/On] communication.
FR WIP REQ Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi] communication. L
WIP AUTO STOP
× Displays the status of the front wiper stop position signal judged by IPDM E/R.
[STOP P/ACT P]
WIP PROT M
× Displays the status of the front wiper fail-safe operation judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/BLOCK]
IGN RLY
× Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] N
INTER/NP SW
Displays the status of the shift position judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
ST RLY REQ Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN O
[Off/On] communication.
DTRL REQ Displays the status of the daytime running light request signal received from BCM
[Off/On] via CAN communication.
P
OIL P SW
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
HOOD SW
Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
HL WASHER REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] This item is indicated, but not monitored.

SEC-235
 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item MAIN SIG-
Description
[Unit] NALS
THFT HRN REQ Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
HORN CHIRP NOTE:
[Off/On] This item is indicated, but not monitored.
CRNRNG LMP REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] This item is indicated, but not monitored.

ACTIVE TEST
Test item

Test item Operation Description

HORN On Operates horn relay for 20 ms.
Off OFF
FRONT WIPER Lo Operates the front wiper relay.
Hi Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper high relay.
1 OFF
2 Operates the cooling fan relay (LO operation).
MOTOR FAN
3 Operates the cooling fan relay (MID operation).
4 Operates the cooling fan relay (HI operation).
NOTE:
HEAD LAMP WASHER Off
This item is indicated, but cannot be tested.
Off OFF
TAIL Operates the tail lamp relay.
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay.
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Operates simultaneously the headlamp low relay and the headlamp high relay at
Hi
1 second ON/OFF intervals.
Fog Operates the front fog lamp relay.

SEC-236
 ECM, BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM, BCM
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000006014772
B

ECU Reference
C
EC3-97, "Reference Value" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]*1
EC3-526, "Reference Value" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]*2
EC3-909, "Reference Value" (HR12DDR)
Reference value D
EC4-56, "Reference Value" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]*3
EC4-356, "Reference Value" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]*4
ECD-34, "Reference Value" (K9K)
E
EC3-110, "Fail Safe" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]*1
EC3-534, "Fail Safe" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]*2
Fail safe EC3-928, "Fail Safe" (HR12DDR)
EC4-65, "Fail Safe" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]*3 F
4
EC4-365, "Fail Safe" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]*
ECM
EC3-113, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]*1
G
EC3-536, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]*2
DTC inspection priority chart EC3-933, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (HR12DDR)
EC4-66, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]*3
EC4-366, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]*4 H

EC3-115, "DTC Index" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)]*1

EC3-537, "DTC Index" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]*2
EC3-936, "DTC Index" (HR12DDR)
I
DTC index 3
EC4-67, "DTC Index" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]*
EC4-367, "DTC Index" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)]*4
ECD-57, "DTC Index" (K9K) J
BCS-242, "Reference Value (Type A)"*5
Reference value BCS-256, "Reference Value (Type B)"*5
BCS-272, "Reference Value (Type C)"*5
SEC
BCM
Fail safe BCS-301, "Fail-safe"
DTC inspection priority chart BCS-302, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" L
DTC index BCS-302, "DTC Index"
*1: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
*2: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-478, "How to Check Vehicle Type". M
*3: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC4-9, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
*4: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC4-311, "How to Check Vehicle Type".
*5: Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to BCS-242, "Application Notice". N

SEC-237
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

WIRING DIAGRAM
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
Application Notice INFOID:0000000006881871

Wiring diagram type Destination

• Models for Thailand
• Models for China
TYPE A
• Models for general area from Thailand plant*
• Models for India (HR12DE engine models): Vehicle production: From May 2010 to April 2011
• Models for Australia
• Models for New Zealand
• Models for Hong Kong
TYPE B
• Models for India (K9K engine models): Vehicle production: From October 2010 to April 2011
• Models for Europe (Without Stop/Start System): Vehicle production: From July 2010 to June 2011
• Models for general area from India plant*
• Models for Europe (With Stop/Start System): Vehicle production: From April 2010 to June 2011
TYPE C
• Models for South Africa
• Models for India: Vehicle production: From May 2011
TYPE D • Models for Lebanon and Jordan
• Models for Europe: Vehicle production: From July 2011
*: Refer to GI-26, "Information About Identification or Model Code" to identify a production plant.
TYPE A

SEC-238
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TYPE A : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006881872

SEC

JCKWM4555GB
P

SEC-239
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4556GB

SEC-240
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4557GB

SEC-241
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4558GB

SEC-242
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4559GB

SEC-243
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4560GB

SEC-244
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4561GB

SEC-245
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM4562GB

SEC-246
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM4563GB

TYPE B P

SEC-247
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TYPE B : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006881873

JCKWM5032GB

SEC-248
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5033GB

SEC-249
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5034GB

SEC-250
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5035GB

SEC-251
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5036GB

SEC-252
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5037GB

SEC-253
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5038GB

TYPE C

SEC-254
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TYPE C : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007228597

SEC

JCKWM5531GB
P

SEC-255
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWM5532GB

SEC-256
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWM5533GB

SEC-257
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4338GB

SEC-258
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4339GB

SEC-259
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4340GB

SEC-260
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4341GB

SEC-261
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4342GB

SEC-262
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4343GB

SEC-263
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JCKWA4344GB

SEC-264
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JCKWA4345GB

TYPE D P

SEC-265
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TYPE D : Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007572928

For connector terminal arrangements, harness layouts, and alphabets in a (option abbreviation; if not
described in wiring diagram), refer to GI-12, "Connector Information".

JRKWC0626GB

SEC-266
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWC0627GB

SEC-267
 SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWC0628GB

SEC-268
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006014774
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

SEC

JMKIA3449GB

DETAILED FLOW

SEC-269
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred).

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC
1. Check DTC for “ENGINE” and “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is displayed>>GO TO 5.
[Link] THE SYMPTOM
Confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Connect CONSULT to the vehicle and check self diagnosis results in real time.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
[Link] THE SYMPTOM
Confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Connect CONSULT to the vehicle and check self diagnostic results in real time.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to the following to determine the trouble diagnosis order.
• HR12DE (TYPE 1): EC3-113, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
• HR12DE (TYPE 2): EC3-536, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
• HR15DE (TYPE 1): EC4-66, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
• HR15DE (TYPE 2): EC4-366, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
[Link] MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

>> GO TO 7.
[Link] MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.

>> GO TO 8.

SEC-270
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART A

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
B
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.

>> GO TO 9.
C
[Link] CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that
the malfunctions have been fully repaired. D
When symptom was described by the customer, refer to the confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that
the symptom is not detected.
Does the symptom reappear? E
YES (DTC is detected)>>GO TO 7.
YES (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
NO >> INSPECTION END F

SEC

SEC-271
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ECM
ECM : Description INFOID:0000000006046712

Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of ECM and BCM, but only
when the ECM is replaced with a new one*.
*: New one means a virgin ECM that has never been energized on-board.
(In this step, initialization procedure using CONSULT is not necessary)
NOTE:
• When the replaced ECM is not a brand new, the specified procedure (Initializing of BCM and registra-
tion of Intelligent Keys) using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs.
ECM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006046713

[Link] ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION

1. Install ECM.
2. Insert the registered ignition key* into key cylinder, then turn ignition switch ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing ECM replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Start the engine.

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Perform the following procedure.
• HR12DE (TYPE 1) with stop/start system: EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure"
• HR12DE (TYPE 1) without stop/start system: EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Proce-
dure"
• HR12DE (TYPE 2): EC3-593, "Work Procedure"
• HR12DDR: EC3-980, "Work Procedure"
• HR15DE (TYPE 1): EC4-107, "Work Procedure"
• HR15DE (TYPE 2): EC4-391, "Work Procedure"
• K9K: ECD-97, "Work Procedure"
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> END
BCM
BCM : Description INFOID:0000000007220816

BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing BCM, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration before replace-
ment.
NOTE:
If “READ CONFIGURATION” can not be used, use the “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” after
replacing BCM.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing BCM, always perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION” with CONSULT. Or not doing so,
BCM control function does not operate normally.
• Complete the procedure of “WRITE CONFIGURATION” in order.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.

SEC-272
 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• If you set incorrect “WRITE CONFIGURATION”, incidents might occur.
NOTE: A
When replacing BCM, perform the system initialization (NATS).
BCM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000007220817
B
[Link] VEHICLE SPECIFICATION
CONSULT Configuration
C
Perform “READ CONFIGURATION” to save or print current vehicle specification. Refer to BCS-325, "Descrip-
tion".
NOTE:
If “READ CONFIGURATION” can not be used, use the “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” after D
replacing BCM.

>> GO TO 2. E
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-338, "Removal and Installation". F

>> GO TO 3.
[Link] VEHICLE SPECIFICATION G

CONSULT Configuration
Perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Config file” or “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” to write
H
vehicle specification. Refer to BCS-325, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.
I
[Link] BCM (NATS)
Perform BCM initialization. (NATS)
J
>> WORK END

SEC

SEC-273
 P1610 LOCK MODE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
P1610 LOCK MODE
Description INFOID:0000000006014777

ECM forcibly switches to the mode that inhibits engine start, when engine start operation is performed 5 times
or more while communication between ECM and BCM is not normal, or when engine start operation is per-
formed 5 times or more using the unregistered ignition key.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014778

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1610 is displayed with other DTC (for BCM or ENGINE), first perform the trouble diagnosis for other
DTC.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When ECM detects a communication malfunction between
P1610 LOCK MODE —
ECM and BCM 5 times or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014779

[Link] ENGINE START FUNCTION

1. Check that DTC except for DTC P1610 is not detected.
If detected, erase the DTC after fixing.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON using the registered ignition key and wait for 5 seconds.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait 5 seconds.
5. Repeat steps 4 and 5 twice (a total of 3 times).
6. Check that engine can start using the registered ignition key.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-274
 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014781

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The ID verification results between BCM • BCM C
P1611 ID DISCORD IMMU-ECM
and ECM are NG. • ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014782

G
[Link] INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1611. Refer to SEC-275, "DTC Logic". J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END SEC

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-338, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] ECM
N
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR). O
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
P
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System].
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].

SEC-275
 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-276
 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014784

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1000 (for BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000.
Refer to BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1010 (for BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
Inactive communication between ECM
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU shorted.) E
and BCM
• BCM
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-277, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014785
I
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
J
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
Does the engine start?
SEC
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ECM L
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)]. M
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K). N
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System]. O
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR). P
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

SEC-277
 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-278
 P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014790

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The ID verification results between BCM and • Ignition key C
P1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY
ignition key are NG. • BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-279, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014791

G
[Link] INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IGNITION KEY I
1. Replace ignition key.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
J
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEC
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT. L

>> INSPECTION END

M

SEC-279
 P1616 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1616 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007221450

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1616 NATS MALFUNCTION ECM ROM is malfunctioning. ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON amd wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to SEC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007221451

[Link] START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1616. Refer to SEC-280, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC P1616 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] ECM
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-280
 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014793

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(The NATS antenna amp. circuit is
• Inactive communication between NATS
open or shorted.)
B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP antenna amp. and BCM.
• Ignition key
• Ignition key is malfunctioning. D
• NATS antenna amp.
• BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. F
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END G

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014794

H
[Link] FUSE
Check that the following IPDM E/R fuse is not blown.
I
Signal name Fuse No.
Battery power supply 49 (20 A)
Is the fuse fusing? J
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEC
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. INSTALLATION
Check NATS antenna amp. installation. Refer to SEC-299, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reinstall NATS antenna amp. correctly.
[Link] IGNITION KEY M
Start engine using another registered ignition key.
Does the engine start?
N
YES-1 >> Replace ignition key.
YES-2 >> Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
NO >> GO TO 4.
O
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector. P
3. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
NATS antenna amp. (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M26 1 Ground Battery voltage

SEC-281
 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and NATS antenna amp. connector.

IPDM E/R NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F115 71 M26 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-137, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M26 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL
1. Connect BCM connector and NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Just after ignition switch is turned ON Pointer of tester should move
21
Other than above 0
M65 Ground
Just after ignition switch is turned ON Pointer of tester should move
25
Other than above 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and NATS antenna amp. harness connector.

BCM NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
21 2
M65 M26 Existed
25 4
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

SEC-282
 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
21
M65 Not existed B
25
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-299, "Removal and Installation". C
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident". D

>> INSPECTION END

E

SEC

SEC-283
 B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014796

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The ID verification results between BCM and • Ignition key
B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY
ignition key are NG. • BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014797

[Link] INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IGNITION KEY
1. Replace ignition key.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-284
 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014799

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The ID verification results between BCM • BCM C
B2192 ID DISCORD BCM-ECM
and ECM are NG. • ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

D
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014800

G
[Link] INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2192. Refer to SEC-285, "DTC Logic". J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END SEC

[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-338, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] ECM
N
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR). O
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
P
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System].
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].

SEC-285
 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-286
 B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014802

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• If DTC B2193 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
BCS-187, "DTC Logic". C
• If DTC B2193 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
BCS-188, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open
Inactive communication between ECM
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM or shorted.) E
and BCM
• BCM
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014803
I
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
J
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ECM
1. Replace ECM. L
Refer to EC3-473, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC3-800, "Removal and Installation" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-1376, "Removal and Installation" (HR12DDR). M
Refer to EC4-308, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)].
Refer to EC4-530, "Removal and Installation" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-203, "Removal and Installation" (K9K).
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”. N
Refer to EC3-169, "WITH STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) with Stop/Start
System].
Refer to EC3-170, "WITHOUT STOP/START SYSTEM : Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 1) without O
Stop/Start System].
Refer to EC3-593, "Work Procedure" [HR12DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to EC3-982, "Work Procedure" (HR12DDR).
Refer to EC4-107, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 1)]. P
Refer to EC4-391, "Work Procedure" [HR15DE (TYPE 2)].
Refer to ECD-97, "Work Procedure" (K9K).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to EC3-21, "How to Check Vehicle Type" (HR12DE), EC4-9, "How to
Check Vehicle Type" (HR15DE).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-287
 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006014805

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ID verification between BCM and ECM that is ID verification request out of the
B2195 ANTI SCANNING
out of the specified specification is detected specified specification

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014806

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 1

1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P2195. Refer to SEC-288, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] EQUIPMENT OF THE VEHICLE
Check that unspecified accessory part related to engine start is not installed.
Is unspecified accessory part related to engine start installed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 2
1. Obtain the customers approval to remove unspecified accessory part related to engine start, and then
remove it.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC B2195. Refer to SEC-288, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-288
 B2196 DONGLE UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2196 DONGLE UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006840290

BCM performs ID verification between BCM and dongle unit. B

When verification result is OK, BCM permits cranking.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006840291

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
The ID verification results between BCM
B2196 DONGLE NG (Dongle unit circuit is open or shorted.)
and dongle unit is NG.
• Dongle unit E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. G
4. Check DTC in “Self-diagnosis result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006840292

I
[Link] INITIALIZATION
1. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
2. Start the engine. J
Dose the engine start?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. SEC

[Link] DONGLE UNIT CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect BCM connector and dongle unit connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and dongle unit harness connector.
M
BCM Dongle unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M65 24 M49 7 Existed N
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM O
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M65 24 Not existed
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] DONGLE UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between dongle unit harness connector and ground.

SEC-289
 B2196 DONGLE UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Dongle unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace dongle unit.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-290
 HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HOOD SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006351109

[Link] FUNCTION B
1. Select “HOOD SW” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. Check “HOOD SW” indication under the following condition.
C
Monitor item Condition Indication
Open ON
HOOD SW Hood
Close OFF D

Is the indication normal?

YES >> Hood switch is OK. E
NO >> Go to SEC-291, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006351110

F
[Link] HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector. G
3. Check voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.

(+) H
Voltage (V)
Hood switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E52 1 Ground 12 I

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. SEC
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and hood switch harness connector.

IPDM E/R Hood switch L

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E10 14 E52 1 Existed
M
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity N
Connector Terminal Ground
E10 14 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-137, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT P
Check continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.

Hood switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E52 2 Existed

SEC-291
 HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] HOOD SWITCH
Refer to SEC-292, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace hood switch.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006351111

[Link] HOOD SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector.
3. Check continuity between hood switch terminals.

Hood switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Press Not existed
1 2 Hood switch
Release Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace hood switch.

SEC-292
 HORN FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HORN FUNCTION
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006351112

[Link] FUNCTION B
1. Perform “VEHICLE SECURITY HORN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” using CON-
SULT.
2. Check the horn operation. C

Test item Description

VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ON Horn Sounds (for 0.5 sec) D
Is the operation normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to SEC-293, "Diagnosis Procedure". E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006351113

F
[Link] HORN FUNCTION
Check that horns function properly using horn switch.
Does horn sound? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check horn circuit. Refer to HRN-5, "TYPE A : Wiring Diagram".
[Link] HORN CONTROL CIRCUIT H

1. Disconnect horn relay.

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and horn relay harness connector. I

IPDM E/R Horn relay

Continuity J
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E10 23 E5 1 Existed
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. SEC

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground L
E10 23 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-137, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-293
 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006014807

[Link] FUNCTION
1. Perform “THEFT IND” in the “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Check security indicator lamp operation.

Test item Description

ON Illuminates
THEFT IND Security indicator lamp
OFF Does not illuminate
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to SEC-294, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014808

[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter connector.
3. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
Combination meter (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M34 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No. 11, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse.
[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL
1. Connect combination meter connector.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M65 23 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.

>> INSPECTION END

[Link] COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and BCM harness connector.

SEC-294
 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Combination meter BCM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M34 31 M65 23 Existed
B
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.

Combination meter
Continuity C
Connector Terminal Ground
M34 31 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-155, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
E

SEC

SEC-295
 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
Description INFOID:0000000006014809

Security indicator lamp does not blink when ignition switch is in a position other than ON.
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis, check “Work Flow”. Refer to SEC-269, "Work Flow".
• Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE” before starting diagnosis,
and check each symptom.
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
Ignition switch is not in the ON position.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006014810

[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP

Check security indicator lamp function.
Refer to SEC-294, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
[Link] THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.

SEC-296
 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
A
KEY FOB
KEY FOB : Description INFOID:0000000006288116
B
Armed phase is not activated when door is locked using keyfob.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check C
each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)
Confirm that the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” is “ON” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “THEFT ALM”of D
“BCM” using CONSULT.
KEY FOB : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288117
E
[Link] REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Lock/unlock door with keyfob.
Refer to DLK-248, "System Description" (TYPE 2). F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
G
NO >> Check remote keyless entry system. Refer to DLK-318, "Diagnosis Procedure" (TYPE 2).
[Link] HOOD SWITCH
Check hood switch. H
Refer to SEC-291, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. I
NO >> Repair or replace hood switch.
[Link] THE OPERATION
J
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident". SEC
NO >> GO TO 1.

SEC-297
 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
Description INFOID:0000000006288120

Alarm does not operate when alarm operating condition is satisfied.

NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check
each symptom.
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
Confirm that the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” is “ON” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “THEFT ALM”of
“BCM” using CONSULT.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288121

[Link] DOOR SWITCH

Check door switch.
Refer to DLK-284, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning door switch
[Link] HOOD SWITCH
Check hood switch.
Refer to SEC-291, "Component Function Check" (TYPE 2).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace hood switch.
[Link] HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Check hazard warning lamps.
Refer to EXL-102, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
[Link] HORN FUNCTION
Check horn function.
Refer to SEC-293, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
[Link] THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.

SEC-298
 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

NATS ANTENNA AMP.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006014811
B

REMOVAL
1. Remove the steering column cover. C
Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the NATS antenna amp. mounting screw, and then remove NATS antenna amp. from steering
lock assembly. D
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
E

SEC

SEC-299